Claude Goulet/2003© l Mise à jour + Comment citer ce lexique l Notre mission : Explorer la nébuleuse Psy ! Auteurs
a b c d e f g h i j k l m Revues
n o p q r s t u v w x y z Ang./Fr.
Fermer


HABILETÉ - HABITUDE - HAC - HALL - HAP - HARCÈLEMENT - HARLOW - HE - HEBB - HI - HILGARD - HO - HOMME - HU - HULL - HY
Habenula : Noyau situé dans l'épiphyse. Habenular complex.
  WANG, R.Y. & AGHAJANIAN, G.K. (1977). Physiological evidence for habenula as major link between forebrain and midbrain raphe. Science, 197, 89-91. SHEPARD, P.D., HOLCOMB, H.H. & GOLD, J.M. (2006). Schizophrenia in translation : the presence of absence: habenular regulation of dopamine neurons and the encoding of negative outcomes. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 32, 417-421.
WIRTSHAFTER, D., ASIN, K.E. & PITZER, M.R. (1994). Dopamine agonists and stress produce different patterns of Fos-like immunoreactivity in the lateral habenula. Brain Research, 633 (1-2), 21-26. MATSUMOTO M. & HIKOSAKA, O. (2007). Lateral habenula as a source of negative reward signals in dopamine neurons. Nature, 447, 1111-1115.
ELLISON, G. (1994). Stimulant-induced psychosis, the dopamine theory of schizophrenia, and the habenula. Brain Research Reviews, 19 (2), 223-239. YANG, L.M., HU, B., XIA, Y.H., ZHANG, B.L. & ZHAO, H. (2008). Lateral habenula lesions improve the behavioral response in depressed rats via increasing the serotonin level in dorsal raphe nucleus. Behavioural Brain Research, 188 (1), 84-90.
FERRARO, G., MONTALBANO, M.E., SARDO, P. & LA GRUTTA, V., (1996). Lateral habenular influence on dorsal raphe neurons. Brain Research Bulletin, 41, 47-52. HONG, S. & HIKOSAKA, O. (2008). The globus pallidus sends reward-related signals to the lateral habenula. Neuron, 60, 720-729. [PDF]
AMAT, J., SPARKS, P.D., MATUS-AMAT, P., GRIGGS, J., WATKINS, L.R. & MAIER, S.F. (2001). The role of the habenular complex in the elevation of dorsal raphe nucleus serotonin and the changes in the behavioral responses produced by uncontrollable stress. Brain Research, 917, 118-126. [PDF] HIKOSAKA, O., SESACK, S.R., LECOURTIER, L. & SHEPARD, P.D. (2008). Habenula : crossroad between the basal ganglia and the limbic system. Journal of Neuroscience, 28, 11825-11829. [PDF]
  Voir aussi Noyaux du raphé dorsal
CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins.
Habermas Jürgen (1929-) : Sociologue et philosophe phénoménologiste allemand, spécialiste de l'herméneutique.
HABERMAS, J. (1972). Knowledge and human interests. Boston, MA : Beacon.
HABERMAS, J. (1990). Écrits politiques. Paris : Les Éditions du Cerf.
HABERMAS, J. (1992). De l'éthique de la discussion. Paris : Les Éditions du Cerf.
HABERMAS, J. (1994). Textes et contextes : essais de reconnaissance théorique. Paris : Les Éditions du Cerf.
HABERMAS, J. (1992). The new conservatism, cultural criticism and the historians debate. Cambridge : MIT Press.
Haber Suzanne N. ( ) : Neurobiologiste américaine et collaboratrice de Knutson.
HABER, S.N., LYND, E., KLEIN, C. & GRONEWEGEN, H.J. (1990). Topographic organization of the ventral striatal efferent projections in the rhesus monkey : an anterograde tracing study. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 293 (2), 282-298.
HABER, S.N., KUNISHIO, K., MIZOBUCHI, M. & LYND-BALTA, E. (1995). The orbital and medial prefrontal circuit through the primate basal ganglia. Journal of Neuroscience, 15 (7), 4851-4867.
HABER, S.N. & McFARLAND, N.R. (1999). The concept of the ventral striatum in non-human primates. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 877, 33-48.
HABER, S.N. & KNUTSON, B. (2010). The reward circuit : Linking primate anatomy and human imaging. Neuropsychopharmacology, 35, 4-26. [PDF]
HABER, S.N. (2016). Corticostriatal circuitry. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, 18 (1), 7-21. [PDF]
Habib
Michel Habib Reza Habib
 
Habib Michel ( ) : Neurologue français et spécialiste de l'étude de la dyslexie. Collaborateur de Galaburda.
HABIB, M. et SERRATRICE, G. (1993). L'écriture et le cerveau. Mécanismes neuro-physiologiques. Paris : Masson.
HABIB, M. (1998). Apathie, aboulie, athymhormie : vers une neurologie de la motivation humaine. Revue de Neuropsychologie, 8 (4), 537-586.
HABIB, M. (2000). The neurological basis of developmental dyslexia : an overview and working hypothesis. Brain, 123, 2373-2399.
HABIB, M. (2006). Neurologie de l’action et de la motivation : de l’athymhormie à l’hyperactivité. L’Encéphale, 32, 10-24. [PDF]
HABIB, M. & BESSON, M. (2009). What do music training and musical experience teach us about brain plasticity ? Journal s of the University of California Press, 26, 279-285. [PDF]
Habib Reza ( ) : Neuropsychologue canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire. Étudiant de Tulving. Collaborateur de Dixon, Gallup, Nyberget Wheeler.
NYBERG, L., HABIB, R. & HERLITZ, A. (2000). Brain activation during episodic retrieval : Sex differences. Acta Psychologica, 105, 181-194.
HABIB, R., NYBERG, L. & TULVING, E. (2003). Hemispheric asymmetries of memory : The HERA model revisited. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7 (6), 241-245. [PDF]
HABIB, R., McINTOSH, A.R., WHEELER, M.A. & TULVING, E. (2003). Memory encoding and hippocampally-based novelty/familiarity discrimination networks. Neuropsychologia, 41, 271-279. [PDF]
HABIB, R. & NYBERG, L. (2008). Neural correlates of availability and accessibility in memory. Cerebral Cortex, 18, 1720-1726.
HABIB, R. & DIXON, M.R. (2009). Neurobehavioral evidence for the "near-miss" effect in pathological gamblers. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 93 (3), 313-328. [PDF]
Habileté : Le concept désigne tantôt la capacité d'acquérir un ensemble de comportements ou de cognitions bien adaptés à un contexte ou à une situation particulière - et que l'on qualifie souvent "d'efficace" - tantôt cet ensemble particulier de cognitions ou de comportement . Dans ce dernier cas, les habiletés sont des chaînes parfois complexes de comportement sociaux, verbaux et moteurs acquises progressivement. EX : Résoudre un problème mathématique, construire une maison, conduire une voiture, développer un site internet, lire "Guerre et Paix". Dans tous les cas, le concept renvoie à l'idée de maîtrise de cette capacité ou de cet ensemble de comportements/cognitions. Contrairement au comportement - que l'on émet ou pas - l'habileté se décline en plusiers degrés d'où l'expression niveau d'habileté. Cette plus ou moins grande maîtrise se définit par rapport à son adéquation avec un contexte donné. EX : Habileté plus ou moins grande à lire un article scientifique (littératie scientifique). = compotement adéquat, comportement effficace, conduite adaptée. ( ): Voir tableau ci-bas. Skill.

Types d'habileté
Habileté au combat Habileté mathématique Habileté sociale
Habileté cognitive Habileté motrice Habileté spatiale
Habileté d'apprentissage Habileté parentale Habileté verbale
Habileté de lecture Habileté scolaire  
 

  HALVERSON, H.M. (1933). The acquisition of skill in infancy. The Pedagogical Seminary & Journal of Genetic Psychology, 43 (1), 3-48. IWATA, B.A., WALLACE, M.D., KAHNG, S., LINDBERG, J.S., ROSCOE, E.M., CONNERS, J., HANLEY, G.P., THOMPSON, R.H. & WORSDELL, A.S. (2000). Skill acquisition in the implementation of functional analysis methodology. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 33 (2), 181-194. [PDF]
HOPS, H. & COBB, J.A. (1974). Initial investigations into academic survival skils training, direct instruction, and first-grade achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 66, 548-553. SUN, R., MERRILL, E., & ETERSON, T. (2001). From implicit skill to explicit knowledge : a bottom-up model of skill learning. Cognitive Science, 25, 203-244. [PDF]
FISHER, K.W. (1980). A theory of cognitive development : The control and construction of hierarchies of skills. Psychological Review, 87, 477-531. ABERNETHY, B. (2001). Acquisition of skill. In F.S. Pyke (Ed.), Better coaching : Advanced coch's manual (pp. 161-170). Lower Mitcham, SA : Human Kinetics.
NEWELL, A. & ROSENBLOOM, P.S. (1981). Mechanisms of skill acquisition and the law of practice. In J.R. Anderson (Ed.), Cognitive skills and their acquisition (pp. 1-55). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. DWECK, C.S. (2003). Ability conceptions, motivation and development. Development & Motivation, 2, 13-27. [PDF]
NEWELL, K.M. (1981). Skill learning. In D. H. Holding (Ed.), Human skills (pp. 203-226). New York: Wiley.  
MACKAY, D.G. (1982). The problem of flexibility and fluency in skilled behavior. Psychological Review, 89, 483-506.  
ERICSSON, K.A. (1985). Memory skill. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 39 (2), 188-231. SUN, R., SLUSARZ, P. & TERRY, C. (2005). The interaction of the explicit and the implicit in skill learning : A dual-process approach. Psychological Review, 112 (1), 159-192. [PDF]
SCHNEIDER, W. (1985). Training high performance skills: Fallacies and guidelines. Human Factors, 27, 285-300.  
FISCHER K.W. & FARRAR, M.J. (1987). Generalizations about generalization : How a theory of skill development explains both generality and specificity. International Journal of Psychology, 22, 643-677. HERRMANN, E., CALL, J., HERNÀNDEZ-LLOREDA, M.V., HARE, B. & TOMASELLLO, M. (2008). Humans have evolved specialized skills of scial cognition : The cultural intelligence hypothesis. Science, 317, 1360-1366. [PDF]
ACKERMAN, P.L. (1987). Individual differences in skill learning: An inte- gration of psychometric and information processing perspectives. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 3-27. BLICKLE, G., MEURS, J.A., ZETTLER, I., SOLGA, J., NOETHE, N.D., KRAMER, J. & FERRI, G.R. (2008). Personality, political skill, and job performance. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 72 (3), 377-387. [PDF]
KANFER, R. & ACKERMAN, P.L. (1989). Motivation and cognitive abilities: An integrative/aptitude-treatment interaction approach to skill acquiition. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 657-690. ERDLEY, C.A., RIVERA, M.S., SHEPHERD, E.J. & HOLLEB, L.J. (2010). Social-cognitive models and skills. In D.W. Nangle et al. (Eds.), Practitioner's guide to empirically based measures of social skills. Springer Science+Business Media. [PDF]
NEWELL, K.M., McDONALD, P.V. & KUGLER, P.N. (1991). The perceptual- motor workspace and the acquisition of skill. In J. Requin & G. E. Stelmach (Eds.), Tutorials in motor neuroscience (pp. 95-108). Dordrecht The Netherlands: Kluwer.  
KRUGER J. & DUNNING, D. (1999). Unskilled and unaware of it. How difficulties in recognizing one's own incompetence lead to inflated self-assessment. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77 (6), 1121-1134. [PDF]  
Voir aussi Expertise et Compétence
Habileté(s) (Mesure et évaluation des...) : Ensemble des critères de diagnostic, des tests et des outils de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer les habiletés. Assessment of skill.

  BELLACK, A.S. (1979). Behavioral assessment of social skills. In A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Dirs.), Research and practice in social skills training (pp. 75-104). New York : Plenum Press.
CONGER, J.C. & CONGER, A.J. (1986). Assessment of social skills. Dans A.R. Ciminero, K.S. Calhoun & H.E. Adams (Eds.), Handbook of behavioral assessment (pp. 526-560). New York : John Wiley & Sons.
ELLIOTT, S. N., GRESHAM, F.M., FREEMAN, T. & McCLOSKEY, G. (1988). Teacher and observer ratings of children's social skills : Validation of the Social Skill a Rating Scales. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 6, 152-161.
KORALEWSKI, M.A. & CONGER, J.C. (1992). The assessment of social skills among sexually coercive college males. The Journal of Sex Research, 29 (2), 169-188.
BELLACK, A., BROWN, C. & THOMAS-LOHRMAN, S. (2006). Psychometric characteristics of role-play assessments of social skill in schizophrenia. Behavior Therapy, 37, 339-352.
WILLIAMS, A.M. & ABERNETHY, B. (2012). Anticipation and decision-making : skills, methods and measures. In G. Tenenbaum, R.C. Eklund & A. Kamata (Ed.), Measurement in sport and exercise psychology (pp. 191-202). Champaign, Ill., U.S.A.: Human Kinetics.
 
Voir aussi Habileté
Habileté au combat : Lors d'un combat, séquence de comportements agonistiques qui permettent à un organisme de vaincre son adversaire, généralement un congénère. Fighting ability, fighting behaviour.

Comportements agonistiques
Attaquer/Attaque Coup de griffe Fuite
Chasser/Chasse Coup de poing Menacer/Menace
  Comportement défensif Mordre/Morsure
 

   PARKER, G.A. (1974). Assessment strategy and the evolution of fighting behaviour. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 47, 223-243
BOND, A.B. (1989). Toward a resolution of the paradox of aggressive displays : I. Optimal deceit in the communication of fighting ability. Ethology, 81, 29-46. [PDF]
 MESTERTON-GIBBONS, M. & DUGATKIN, L.A. (1995). Towards a theory of dominance hierarchies : effects of assessment, group size and variation in fighting ability. Behavioral Ecology, 6, 416-423.
HOFMANN, H.A. & SCHILDBERGER, K. (2001). Assessment of strength and willingness to fight during aggressive encounters in crickets. Animal Behaviour, 62, 337-348. [PDF]
ARNOTT, G. & ELWOOD, R.W. (2009). Assessment of fighting ability in animal contests. Animal Behaviour, 77, 991-1004.
Voir aussi Combat, Comportement agonistique et Habileté
Habileté cognitive : Habiletés à résoudre des problèmes abstraits, à prendre des décisions. Les habiletés cognitives sont une composante de l'intelligence. Plusieurs auteurs distinguent également les fonctions cognitives (qui sont des propriétés innées du traitement de l'information (EX : attention), des habiletés cognitives acquises par apprentissage (EX : savoir multiplier ou diviser). Habileté cognitive, raisonnement et argument. = habileté mentale, habileté logique, activité intellectuelle. Cognitive skill, cognitive ability, mental skill, mental hability, reasoning skil, intellectual ability, deductive reasoning skill.

  SPEARMAN, C. (1927). The abilities of man. London : Macmillan. HALPERN, D.F. (2000). Sex differences in cognitive abilities.Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
BURT, C.L. (1958). The inheritance of mental ability. American Psychologist, 13, 1-15. PAULHUS, D.L. & HARMS, P.D. (2000). Measuring cognitive ability with the overclaiming technique. Intelligence 32, 297-314 [PDF]
STERNBERG, R.J. (1979). The nature of mental habilities. American Psychologist, 34, 214-230.  
FISHER, K.W. (1980). A theory of cognitive development : The control and construction of hierarchies and skills. Psychological Review, 87, 477-531.  
ANDERSON, J.R. (1982). Acquisition of cognitive skill. Psychological Review, 89 (4), 369-406. [PDF] NAZZI, T. & GOPNICK, A. (2001). Linguistic and cognitive abilities in infancy : when does language become a tool for categorization ? Cognition, 80, 11-20. [PDF]
McMANUS, I.C. & MASCIE-TAYLOR, C.G.N. (1983). Biosocial correlates of cognitive abilities. Journal of Biosocial Science, 15, 289-306. [PDF]  WARD, P. & WILLIAMS A.M. (2003). Perceptual and cognitive skill development in soccer : The multidimensional nature of expert performance. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 25, 93-111. [PDF]
VON HOFSTEN, C. (1983). Catching skills in infancy. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 9 (1), 75-85.  LEIGHTON, J.P. (2005). Teaching and assessing deductive reasoning skills. Journal of Experimental Education, 74, 109-136.
 HUNTER, J.E. (1986). Cognitive ability, cognitive aptitude, job knowledge, and job performance. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 29, 340–362. COLOM, R., REBOLLO, I., ABAD, F.J. & SHIH, P.C. (2006). Complex span tasks, simple span tasks, and cognitive abilities : A re-analysis of key studies. Memory & Cognition, 34, 158-171. [PDF]
 DETTERMAN, D.K. & RUTHSATZ, J. (1999). Toward a more comprehensive theory of exceptional abilities. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 22, 148-158.  LEIGHTON, J.P. (2006). Teaching and assessing deductive reasoning skills. Journal of Experimental Education, 74 (2), 109-136.
FULKER, D.W., DEFRIES, J.C. & PLOMIN, R. (1988). Genetic influence on general mental ability increases between infancy and middle childhood. Nature, 336, 767-769.  
KANFER, R. & ACKERMAN, P.L. (1989). Motivation and cognitive abilities: An integrative/aptitude-treatment interaction approach to skill acquiition. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 657-690. BATTY, G.D., DEARY, I.J., SCHOON, I. & GALE, C. R., (2007). Mental ability across childhood in relation to risk factors for premature mortality in adult life : the 1970. British cohort study. Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 61, 997–1003.
SCHAIE, K.W., DUTTA, R. & WILLIS, S.L. (1991). Relation between Rigidity-Flexibility and cognitive abilities in adulthood. Psychology & Aging, 6 (3), 371-383. [PDF] BUTCHER, L.M., DAVIS, O.S.P., CRAIG, I.W. & PLOMIN, R. (2008). Genome-wide quantitative trait locus association scan of general cognitive ability using pooled DNA and 500K single nucleotide polymorphism microarrays. Genes Brain & Behavior, 7 (4), 435-446. [PDF]
PEDERSEN, N.L., PLOMIN, R., NESSELROADE, J.R. & McCLEARN, G.E. (1992). A quantitative genetic analysis of cognitive abilities during the second half of the life span. Psychological Science, 3, 346-353. RUSTON, J.P. & ANKNEY, C.D. (2009). Whole brain size and general mental ability : a review. International Journal of Neuroscience, 119, 691-731. [PDF]
CARROLL, J.B. (1993). Human cognitive abilities : A survey of factor-analytical studies. New York : Cambridge University Press.  
LINEHAN, M.M. (1993). Skills training manual for treating borderline personality disorder. New York : Guilford Press.  WHITE, S., CHEN, J. & FORSYTH, B. (2010). Reading-related literacy activities of American adults : Time spent, task types, and cognitive skills used. Journal of Literacy Research, 42, 276-307.
 STUMPF, H. & JACKSON, D.N. (1994). Gender-related differences in cognitive abilities : Evidence from a medical school admission testing program. Personality & Individual Differences, 17, 335-344.  
SCHUNK, D.H. (1996). Goal and self-evaluative influences during children’s cognitive skills learning. American Educational Research Journal, 33 (2), 359-382. UNSWORTH, N. (2010). Interference control, working memory capacity, and cognitive abilities : A latent variable analysis. Intelligence, 38, 255-267. [PDF]
HENDERSON, V.W., WATT, L. & BUCKWALTER, J.G. (1996). Cognitive skills associated with estrogen replacement in women with Alzheimer's disease. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 21, 421-430. ZHU, B., CHEN, C., LOFTUS, E.F., LIN, C., HE, Q., CHEN, C., LI, H., MOYSZIS, R., LESSARD, J. & DONG, Q. (2010). Individual differences in false memory from misinformation : Personality characteristics and their interactions with cognitivie abilities. Personality & Individual Difference, 48, 889-894. [PDF]
ECHOLS, L.D., WEST, R.F., STANOVICH, K.E. & ZEHR, K. (1996). Using children's literacy activities to predict growth in verbal cognitive skills : A longitudinal investigation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 88 (2), 296-304. [PDF] HARRIS, S.E. & DEARY, I.J. (2011). The genetics of cognitive ability and cognitive ageing in healthy older people. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 15 (9), 388-394. [PDF]
RUSHTON, J.P. & ANKEY, C.D. (1996). Brain size and cognitive ability : Correlations with age, sex, social class, and race. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 3 (1), 21-36. LEE, J.J. & CHABRIS, C.F. (2013). General cognitive ability and the psychological refractory period : Individual differences in the mind's bottleneck. Psychological Science, 24 (7), 1226-1233. [PDF]
VAN MERRIËNBOER, J.J.G. (1997). Training complex cognitive skills. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Educational Technology Publications.  METCALFE, L.A., HARVEY, E.A. & HOLLY, B. (2013). The longitudinal relation between academic/cognitive skills and externalizing behavior problems in preschool children. Journal of Educational Psychology, 105 (3), 881-894. [PDF]
POSNER, M.I., DIGIROLOMO, G.J. & FERNANDEZ-DUQUE, D. (1997). Brain mechanisms of cognitive skills. Consciousness & Cognition, 6, 267-290. SALVUCCI, D.D. (2013). Integration and reuse in cognitive skill acquisition. Cognitive Science, 37, 829-860. [PDF]
KOLZ, A., McFARLAND, L.A. & SILVERMAN, A.B. (1998). Cognitive ability and job experience as predictors of work performance. Journal of Psychology, 132, 539-548. RAVIZZA, S.M., HAMBRICK, D.Z. & FENN, K.M. (2014). Non-academic Internet use in the classroom is negatively related to classroom learning regardless of intellectual ability. Computers & Education, 78, 109-114. [PDF]
DEARY, I.J. (1998). Differences in mental ability. British Medical Journal, 317, 1701-1703.  
PLOMIN R. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1998). The genetics of cognitive abilities and disabilities. Scientific American, 278 (5), 62-69. FURNHAM, A. (2016). The relationship between cognitive ability, emotional intelligence and creativity. Psychology, 7, 193-197. [PDF]
PLOMIN, R. (1999). Genetics and general cognitive ability. Nature, 402, 25-29. BEDIOU, B., ADAMS, D. M., MAYER, R.E., TIPTON, E., GREEN, C.S. & BAVELIER, D. (2017, November 27). Meta-Analysis of Action Video Game Impact on Perceptual, Attentional, and Cognitive Skills. Psychological Bulletin, 144 (1), 77-110. [PDF]
Voir aussi Fonction exécutive, Habileté, Intelligence, Compter et Raisonner
 
Habileté d'apprentissage : = stratégie d'apprentissage, habileté d'étude. Learning skills.

  HATTIE, J., BIGGS, J. & PURDIE, N. (1996). Effects of learning skills interventions on student learning : A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 66 (2), 99-136.
TAIT, H. & ENTWISTLE, N. (1996). Identifying students at risk through ineffective study strategies. Higher Education, 31, 97-116.
RUPH. F. et HRIMECH. M. (2001). Les effets perçus d’un atelier d’efficience cognitive sur le changement de stratégies d’apprentissage d’étudiants universitaires. Revue des Sciences de l’Éducation, 27 (3), 595-620.
Voir aussi Habileté et Étudier
Habileté de lecture : Voir Lecture.
Habileté mathématique : Type d'habileté cognitive qui consiste à résoudre des problèmes mathématiques et logiques en manipulant (computer et compter) des nombres et des symboles, selon des règles précises (opération et algorithmes). Habileté, littéracie mathématique et enseignement des mathématiques. /dyscalculie. Mathematical hability, arithmetic skill, mathematical attainment.

Habiletés cognitives élémentaires
Addition
Division
Multiplication
Soustraction

 
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1922). The psychology of arithmetic. New York : Macmillan.  XU, F. & SPELKE, E.S. (2000). Large number discrimination in 6-month- old infants. Cognition, 74 (B), 1-11. [PDF]
  WOLFGANG, S.H., STANNARD, L.L. & JONES, I. (2001). Block play performance among preschoolers as a predictor of later school achievement in mathematics. Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 15 (2), 173-180. [DOC]
PROVUS, M.M. (1960). Ability grouping in mathematics. Elementary School Journal, 60, 391-398. HECHT, S.A., TORGESEN, J.K., WAGNER, R.K. & RASHOTTE, C.A. (2001). The relations between phonological processing abilities and emerging individual differences in mathematical computation skills : a longitudinal study from second to fifth grades. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 79, 192-227.
SEKULAR, R. & MIERKIEWICZ, D. (1977). Children’s judgments of numerical inequality. Child Development, 48, 630-633. RITTLE-JOHNSON, B., SIEGLER, R.S. & ALIBALI, M.W. (2001). Developing conceptual understanding and procedural skill in mathematics : An iterative process. Journal of Educational Psychology, 93, 346-362.
HITCH, G.J. (1978). The role of short-term working memory in mental arithmetic. Cognitive Psychology, 10, 302-323. ROBINSON, C.S., MENCHETTI, B.M. & TORGESEN, J.K. (2002). Toward a two-factor theory of one type of mathematics disabilities. Learning Disabilities Research & Practice, 17 (2), 81-89.
  PICA, P., LEMER, C., IZARD, V. & DEHAENE, S. (2004). Exact and approximate arithmetic in an Amazonian indigene group. Science, 306, 499-503.
BRAINERD, C.J. (Ed.) (1982). Children's logical and mathematical cognition. New York : Springer-Verlag SIEGLER, R.S. & BOOTH, J.L. (2004). Development of numerical estimation in young children. Child Development, 75, 428-444. [PDF]
CAPLAN, P.J., MCPHERSON, G.M. & TOBIN, P. (1985). Sex differences in mathematical reasoning ability : Their status 20 years later. Psychological Science, 11, 474-480. COWAN, R., DONLAN, C., NEWTON, E.J. & LLOYD, D. (2005). Number skills and knowledge in children with specific language impairment. Journal of Educational Psychology, 97 (4), 732-744. [PDF]
JACOBS, J.E. & ECCLES, J.S. (1985). Gender differences in mathematics ability : The impact of media reports on parents. Educational Researcher, 14, 20-25. BUTTERWORTH, B. (2005). The development of arithmetical abilities. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 46 (1), 3-18. [PDF]
 MARSH, H.W. (1989). Sex differences in the development of verbal and math constructs : The High School and Beyond study. American Educational Research Journal, 26, 191-225. DURAND, M., HULME, C., LARKIN, R. & SNOWLING, M. (2005). The cognitive foundations of reading and arithmetic skills in 7- to 10-year old children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 91, 113-136.
WIDAMAN, K.F., LITTLE, T.D., GEARY, D.C. & CORMIER, P. (1992). Individual differences in the development of skill in mental addition : Internal and external validation of chronometric models. Learning & Individual Differences, 4, 167-213. SKWARCHUK, S.L. & BETTS, P. (2005). An error analysis of elementary school children's number production abilities. Australian Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology, 5, 1-11. [PDF]
WYNN, K. (1992). Addition and subtraction by human infants. Nature, 358, 749-750. GILMORE, C. & BRYANT, P.E. (2006). Individual differences in children's understanding of inversion and arithmetical skill. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 76, 309- 331.
WYNN, K. (1992). Children’s acquisition of the number words and the counting system. Cognitive Psychology, 24, 220-251. GEARY, D.C., HOARD, M.K., BYRD-CRAVEV, J., NUGENT, L. & NUMTEE, C. (2007). Cognitive mechanisms underlying achievement deficits in children with mathematical learning disability. Child Development, 78 (4), 1343-1359. [PDF]
LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOOW, C.P. (1992). Gender differences in abilities and preferences among the gifted : Implications for the math/science pipeline. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 1, 61-66. GILMORE, C. & BRYANT, P.E. (2007) Can children construct inverse relations in arithmetic ? Evidence for individual differences in the development of conceptual understanding and computational skill. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 26, 301-316.
  BRIGSTOCKE, S., HULME, C. & NYE, J. (2008). Number and arithmetic skills in children with Down syndrome. Down Syndrome Education International, 74-78. [PDF]
  COWAN, R. (2008). Why children differ in their mathematical attainment at primary school. Anales de Psicología, 24 (2), 180-188. [PDF]
  MUSSOLIN, C. & NOËL, M.P. (2008). Specific retrieval deficit from long-term memory in children with poor arithmetic facts abilities. The Open Psychology Journal, 1, 26-34. [PDF]
  IMBO, I. & VANDIERENDONCK, A. (2008). Practice effects on strategy selection and strategy efficiency in simple mental arithmetic. Psychological Research, 72, 528-541
  ANDERSSON, U. (2008). Working memory as a predictor of written arithmetical skills in children : The importance of central executive functions. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 78 (2), 181-203.
  LEFEVRE, J.A., POLYZOI, E., SKWARCHUK, S., FAST, L. & SOWINSKI, C. (2010). Do home numeracy and literacy pratices of Greek and Canadian parents predict the numeracy skills of kindergarten children ? International Journal of Early Years Education, 18 (1), 55-70.
PEPPERBERG, I.M. (1994). Numerical competence in african grey parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 108 (1), 36-44. [PDF] FUCHS, L., GEARY, D.C., COMPTON, D.L., FUCHS, D., HAMLETT, C.L., SEETHALER, P.M., BRYANT, J.D. & SCHATSCHNEIDER, C. (2010). Do different types of school mathematics development depend on different constellations of numerical versus general cognitive abilities ? Developmental Psychology, 46, 1731-1746. [PDF]
  GEARY, D.C. (2010). Mathematical learning disabilities. In J. Holmes (Ed.), Advances in child development and behavior (Vol. 38, pp. 45-77). San Diego, CA : Academic Press.
DOWKER, A. (1998). Individual differences in normal arithmetical development. In C. Donlan (Ed.), The development of mathematical skills (pp. 275-302). Hove : Psychology Press. NUNES, T. & BRYANT, P., BARROS, R. & SYLVA, K. (2011). The relative importance of two different mathematical abilities to mathematical achievement. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 82, 136-156.
ADAMS, J. & HITCH, G. (1998). Children's mental arithmetic and working memory. In C. Donlan (Ed.) The development of mathematical skills. Psychological Press, 153-173. KLEEMANS, T., PEETERS, M., SEGWRS, E. & VERHOEVEN, L. (2012). Child and home predictors of early numeracy skills in kindergarten. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 27, 471-477. [PDF]
  SELLA, F., LANFRANCHI, S. & ZORZI, M. (2013). Enumeration skills in Down syndrome. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 34, 3798-3806. [PDF]
SLAVIT, D. (1998). The role of operation sense in transitions from arithmetic to algebraic thought. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 37, 251-274. CAMPOS, I.S., ALMEIDA, L.S., FERREIRA, A.I., MARTINEZ, L.F. & RAMALHO, G. (2013). Cognitive processes and math performance : a study with children at third grade of basic education. Europeen Journal of Psycholgy of Education, 28 (2), 421-436. [PDF]
BUTTERWORTH, B. (1999). The mathematical brain. London : Macmillan. LEFEVRE, J.A., BERRIGAN, L., VENDETTI., C., KAMAWAR, D., BISANZ, J., SKWARCHUK, S. & SMITH-CHANT, B.L. (2013). The role of executive attention in the acquisition of mathematical skills for children in grades two through four. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 114, 243-261.
BULL, R., JOHNSTON, R.S. & ROY, J.A. (1999). Exploring the roles of the vis- ual-spatial sketch pad and central executive in children's arithmetical skills: Views from cognition and developmental neuropsychology. Developmental Neuropsychology, 15, 421-442. SI, J.,LI.H., SUN, Y., XU, Y. SUN, Y. (2015). Age-related differences of individuals’ arithmetic strategy utilization with different level of math anxiety. Frontiers in Psychology, 7 : [1612], 1-11. [PDF]
Voir aussi Opération mathématique, Habileté, Enseignement des mathématique, Calculer et Dyscalculie
Habileté mentale : Voir Habileté cognitive.
Habileté motrice : Comportement ou chaîne de comportements moteurs appris et requis dans un contexte donné, souvent en vue d'accomplir une tâche motrice. Habileté motrice, échauffement et mouvement. Motor skill, sensorimotor skill.

  AMMONS, R.B. (1947). Acquisition of motor skill : l, Quantitative analysis and theoretical formulation. Psychological Review, 54, 268-281. NEWELL, K.M. (1991). Motor skill acquisition. Annual Review of Psychology, 42, 2130-237. [PDF]
AMMONS, R.B. (1947). Acquisition of motor skill : ll. Rotary pursuit performance with continuous practice before and after a single rest. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 37, 393-341. ALLARD, F. & STARKES, J.L. (1991). Motor-skill experts in sports, dance and other domains. In K.A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise : Prospects and limits (pp. 126-152). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
AMMONS, R.B. (1949). Motor skills research exchange. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 1 (3), 18-21.  
AMMONS, R.B. & AMMONS, C.H. (1951). Motor skills research exchange. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 3 (3), 53-60  
ADAMS, J.A. (1957).The relationship between certain measures ofability and the acquisition of a psychomotor criterion response. Journal of General Psychology, 56, 121-134. JOURDEN, E.J., BANDURA, A. & BANFIELD, J. (1991). The impact of conceptions of ability on self-regulatory factors and motor skill acquisition. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 8, 213-226.
BILODEAU, E.A. & BILODEAU, A. (1961). Motor-skills learning. Annual Review of Psychology, 2, 243-280.  
ADAMS, J.A. & DIJKSTRA, S. (1966). Short-term memory for motor responses. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 71, 314-318.  
JOHNSTON, M.K., KELLY, C.S., HARRIS, F.R. & WOLF, M.M. (1966). An application of reinforcement principles to the development of motor skills of a young child. Child Development, 37, 370-387.  
ADAMS, J.A. (1969). Forgetting of motor responses. In M. H. Marx (Ed.), Learning : Processes (pp. 495-504). New York : Macmillan. CARRETTA, T.R. & REE, M.J. (1995). Negligible sex dif- ferences in the relation of cognitive and psychomotor abilities. Personality & Individual Differences, 22 (2), 165-172.
MARTENS, R. & LANDERS, D.M. (1970). Motor performance under stress : A test of the inverted-U hypothesis. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 15, 29-37. FOX, P.W., HERSHBERGER, S.L. & BOUCHARD, T.J. (1996). Genetic and environmental contributions to the acquisition of a motor skill. Nature, 384, 356-358.
WHITLEY, J.D. (1970). Effects of practice distribution on learning a fine motor task. Research Quarterly, 41, 576-583. HALLETT, M. & GRAFMAN, J. (1997). Executive function and motor skill learning. International Review of Neurobiology, 41, 297-323.
ADAMS, J.A. (1971). A closed-loop theory of motor learning. Journal of Motor Behavior, 3, 111-150.  
SCHMIDT, R.A. (1975). A schema theory of discrete motor skill learning. Psychological Review, 82, 225-260.  
SCHMIDT, R.A., ZELAZNICK, H. N., HAWKINS, B., FRANK, J.S. & QUINN J.T. (1979). Motor-output variability : A theory for the accuracy of rapid motor acts. Psychological Review, 86, 415-451. NEWELL, K.M., MAYER-KRESS, G. & LIU, Y.-H. (2001). Time scales in motor learning and development. Psychological Review, 108 (1), 57-82. [PDF]
SHEA, J.B. & MORGAN, R.L. (1979). Contextual interference effects on the acquisition, retention, and transfer of a motor skill. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 5, 183. FISHER, A.G. (2001). Assessment of motor and process skills. Fort Collins, TX : Three Star Press.
ANDERSON, J.R. (1982). Acquisition of cognitive skill. Psychological Review, 89 (4), 369-406. [PDF]  
ADAMS, J.A. (1983). On integration of the verbal and motor domains. In R.A. Magill (Ed.), Memory and control of action (pp. 3-15). Amsterdam : North-Holland. BEILOCK, S.L., CARR, T.H., MacMAHON, C. & STARKES, J.L. (2002). When paying attention becomes counterproductive : Impact of divided versus skill-focused attention on novice and experienced performance of sensorimotor skills. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Applied, 8, 6-16. [PDF]
VON HOFSTEN, C. (1983). Catching skills ininfancy. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance 9, 75-85. BEILOCK, S.L., WIERANGA, S.A. & CARR, T.H. (2002). Expertise, attention, and memory in sensorimotor skill execution : Impact of novel task constraints on dual-task performance and episodic memory. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Experimental Psychology, 55, 1211-1240. [PDF]
ADAMS, J.A. (1987). Historical review and appraisal of research on learning, retention, and transfer of human motor skills. Psychological Bulletin, 101 (1), 41-74. [PDF] SCHMIDT, R.A. (2003). Motor schema theory after 27 years : Reflections and implications for a new theory. Research Quarterly for Exercise & Sport, 74 (4), 366-375. [PDF]
LANDERS, D.M. & BJORK, R.A. (1988). Improving motor skills. In D. Druckman & J.A. Swets (Eds.), Enhancing human performance : Issues, theories, and techniques (pp. 61-102). Washington, DC : National Academy Press. KEETCH, K.M., LEE, T.D., SCHMIDT, R.A. & YOUNG, D.E. (2005). Especial skills : Their emergence with massive amounts of practice. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 31 (5), 970-978. [PDF]
Voir aussi Développement moteur, Comportement moteur, Locomotion, Motricité et Tâche motrice.
 
Habiletés parentales : Type d'habileté sociale nécessaire pour jouer efficacement son rôle de parent. Habiletés parentales et parent. = compétence parentale. Parenting skills.

  CEDAR, B. & LEVANT, R.F. (1990). A meta-analysis of the effects of parent effectiveness training. The American Journal of Family Therapy, 18 (4), 373-384.
SALMON, M.P., ABEL, K.M., CORDINGLY, L., FRIEDMAN, T. & APPLEBY, L. (2003). Clinical and parenting skills outcomes following joint mother baby psychiatric admission. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 37, 556-562.
Voir aussi Habileté et Parent
Habiletés scolaires : Ensemble des habiletés cognitives et sociales qu'un élève/étudiant doit acquérir pour apprendre efficacement et réussir ses études. Habiletés scolaire et étudier. = habileté cognitive, aptitude scolaire.

Types d'habileté scolaire
Calculer Faire des fiches de lecture Rédiger un texte
Comprendre un texte Faire des réseaux de concepts Rédiger une problématique
Coopérer Faire un examen Résoudre un problème mathématique
Définir Faire un résumé Réviser un texte
Écrire Lire Tracer un graphique/figure
Épeler Lire un article scientifique Travailler en équipe
Étudier Mesure/Évaluer  
Expliquer Prendre des notes Utiliser un logiciel
Recenser les écrits Utiliser un site internet pédagogique
 

   
 
Voir aussi Habileté
Habileté sociale : Comportement ou chaîne de comportements requis dans un contexte social donné. EX: Dire bonjour et sourire (chaîne de comportements) lorsqu'on rencontre un ami (contexte social donné). Habileté sociale, comportement prosocial et socialisation. = compétence sociale, comportement efficace, comportement adéquat. Social skill, skill, social competence.

  KELLER, M.F. & CARLSON, P.M. (1974). Social skills in preschool children with low levels of social responsiveness. Child Development, 45, 912-919. D'ZURILLA, T.J. & NEZU, A.M. (1987). The Heppner and Krauskopf approach : A model of personal problem solving or social skills ? The Counseling Psychologist, 15, 463-470.
  GRESHAM, F.M. & ELLIOTT, S.N. (1987). Social skills deficits of learning disabled students : Issues of definition, classification, and assessment. Journal of Reading, Writing, & Learning Disabilities International, 21, 167-181.
CURRAN, J.P. (1975). Social skils training and systematic desensitizationin reducing dating anxiety. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 13, 65-68. STRAIN, P.S. & KOHLER, F.W. (1988). Social skill intervention with young handicapped children: some new conceptualizations and directions. In S.L. Odom & M.B. Karnes (Eds.), Early intervention for infants and children with handicaps : An empirical base (pp. 129-143). Baltimore, MD : Brookes.
GOLDSMITH, J.B. & McFALL, R.M. (1975). Development and evaluation of an interpersonal skill-training program for psychiatric inpatients. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 84 (1), 51-58. WIXTED, J.T., MORRISON, R.L. & BELLACK, A.S. (1988). Social skills training in the treatment of negative symptoms. International Journal of Mental Health, 17, 3-21. [PDF]
McGRATH, R.A. & RHYNE, L.L. (1975). Social skils training : the efects of behavior rehearsal in groups on dating skils. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 22, 224-230. MONTAGUE, M. (1988). Job-related social skills training for adolescents with handicaps. Career Development for Exceptional Individuals, 11, 26-41.
HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A.S. (1976). A multiple-baseline analysis of social-skills training in chronic schizophrenics. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 9 (3), 239-245.[PDF] ARGYLE, M. (1988). The psychology of interpersonal relationships. New York : Penguin.
  ELLIOTT, S.N., GRESHAM, F.M., FREEMAN, T. & McCLOSKEY, G. (1988). Teachers' and observers' ratings of children's social skills : Validation of the Social Skills Rating Scale. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 6, 152-161.
FREDERIKSEN, L.W., JENKINS, J.O., FOY, D.W. & EISLER, R.M. (1976). Social-skills training to modify abusive verbal outbursts in adults. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 9 (2), 117-125. [PDF] PARK, H.S. & GAYLORD-ROSS, R. (1989). A problem-solving approach to social skills training in employment settings with mentally retarded youth. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 22 (4), 373-380. [PDF]
PHILLIPS, E.L. (1978). The social skills basis of pschopathology : Althernatives to abnormal psychology and psychiatry. NY : Greene and Stratton. PETERSON, G.W. & LEIGH, G.K. (1990). The family and social competence in adolescence. Dans T.P. Gullotta, G.R. Adams & R. Montemayor (Eds.), Developing social competency in adolescence (pp. 97-138). Newbury Park : Sage Publications.
GALASSI, J.P. & GALASSI, M.D. (1979). Modification of heterosocial skills deficits. in A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Eds.), Research and practice in social skills training (pp. 131-187). New York : Pergamon Press. VAUGHN, S. & LANCELOTTA, G.X. (1990). Teachinginterpersonal social skills to poorly accepted students : Peer-pairing versus non-peer-pairing. Journal of School Psychology, 28, 181-188.
FREEDMAN, B.J., ROSENTHAL, L., DONAHOE, C.P., SCHLUNDT, D.G. & MCFALL, R.M. (1978). A social-behavioral analysis of skills deficits in delinquent and nondelinquent adolescent boys. Journal of Clinical & Clinical Psychology, 46 (6), 1448-1462. VERDUYN, C.M., LORD M. & FORREST, G.C. (1990). Social skills training in schools : An evaluation study. Journal of Adolescence, 13, 3-16.
BELLACK, A.S. (1979). Behavioral assessment of social skills. In A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Dirs.), Research and practice in social skills training (pp. 75-104). New York : Plenum Press. BENTON, M.K. & SCHROEDER, H.E. (1990). Social skills training with schizophrenics : A meta-analytic evaluation. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58 (6), 741-747.
WALLACE, C.J., NELSON, C.J., LIBERMAN, R.P., AITCHISON, L.D., ELDER, J.P. & FERIS, U. (1980). A review and critique of social skills training with schizophrenia patients. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 6, 46-52. BELLACK, A.S., MORRISON, R.L., WIXTED, J.T. & MUESER, K.T. (1990). An analysis of social competence in schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychology, 156, 809-818.
SARANSON, I.G. & SARANSON, B.R. (1981). Teaching cognitive and social skills to high school students. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 49, 908-918. FONTANNA, D. (1990). Social skills at work. BPCC, Exeta.
CONGER, J.C. & FARRELL, A.D. (1981). Behavioural components of hetero-sexual skills. Behavior Therapy, 12 (1), 41-55. McFALL, R.M. (1990). The enhancement of social skills : an information-processing analysis. Dans W.L. Marshall, D.R. Laws & H.E. Barbaree (Eds.), Handbook of sexual assault : Issues, theories, and treatment of the offender (pp. 311-329). New York : Plenum Press.
STRANVYNSKI, A., MARKS, I. & YULE, W. (1982). Social skills problems in neurotic outpatients: Social skills training with and without cognitive modification. Archives of General Psychiatry, 39, 1378-1385. MIZE, J. & LADD, G.W. (1990). A cognitive-social learning approach to social skill training with low-status preschool children. Developmental Psychology, 26, 388-397.
McFALL, R.M. (1982). A review and reformation of the concept of social skills. Behavioral Assessment, 4, 1-33. BUCK, R. (1991). Temperament, social skills, and the communication of emotion : A developmental-interactionist view. In D.G. Gilbert & J.J. Connolly (Eds.), Personality, social skills, and psychopathology : An individual differences approach (pp. 85-105). New York : Plenum Press.
WILKINSON, J. & CANTER, S. (1982). Social skills training manual : Assessment, programme design and management of training. NY : John Wiley and Sons. KAMPS, D.M., LEONARD, B., VERNON, S., DUGAN, E., DELQUADRI, J., GERSHON, B., WADE, L. & FOLK, L. (1992). Teaching social skills to students with autism to increase peer interactions in an integrated first grade classroom. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (2), 281-288. [PDF]
KELLY, J.A. (1982). Social skills training : A practical guide for intervention. NY : Springer Publishing Company. HINSHAW, S.P. (1992). Intervention for social skill and social competence. Child & Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 1, 539-552.
 JONES, W.H., HOBBS, S.A. & HOCKENBURY, D. (1982). Loneliness and social skills deficits. Journal of Personality & Social Personality, 42 (4), 27-48. KORALEWSKI, M.A. & CONGER, J.C. (1992). The assessment of social skills among sexually coercive college males. The Journal of Sex Research, 29 (2), 169-188.
CRANE, C. & REYNOLDS, J. (1983). Social skills and me. Houston, TX: Crane/Reynolds, Inc. VRIJ, A. (1993). Credibility judgments of detectives : The impact of nonverbal behavior, social skills and physical characteristics on impression formation. Journal of Social Psychology, 133, 601-611.
LADD, G.W. & MIZE, J. (1983). A cognitive-social learning model of social skill training. Psychological Review, 90, 127-157. NANGLE, D.W. & HANSEN, D.J. (1993). Relations between social skills and high-risk sexual interactions among adolescents. Behavior Modification, 17 (2), 113-135.
  ELLIOTT, S.N. & GRESHAM, F.M. (1993). Social skills interventions for children. Behavior Modification, 17, 287-313.
GAYLORD-ROSS, R.J., HARING, T.G., BREEN, C., PITTS-CONWAY, V. (1984). The training and generalization of social interaction skills with autistic youth. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 17 (2), 229-247. [PDF] O'DONOHUE, W.T. & KRASNER, L. (Eds.) (1994). Handbook of psychological skills training. New York : Allyn & Bacon.
  MILLER, R.S. (1995). On the nature of embarassability, shyness, social evaluation, and social skill. The Journal of Psychology, 63, 315-339.
AZRIN, R.D. & HAYES, S.C. (1984). The discrimination of interest within a heterosexual interaction : Training, generalization, and effects on social skills. Behavior Therapy, 15 (2), 173-184. MACKINTOSH, N.J. & COLMAN, A.M. (Ed.) (1995). Learning and skills. London and New York : Longman.
  RICHARD-BESSETTE, S. (1996). Les habiletés hétérosociales des adolescents agresseurs sexuels : une recension des écrits. Revue Sexologique, 4 (1), 55-76. [PDF]
  HERRING, M. & NORTHUP, J. (1998). The generalization of social skills for a child with behavior disorders in the school setting. Journal Child & Family Behavior Therapy, 20 (3), 51-66.
  SPENCE, S.H., DONOVAN, C. & BRECHMAN-TOUSSAINT, M. (1999). Social skills, social outcomes, and cognitive features of childhood social phobia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108 (2), 211-221.
TURNER, S.M., BEIDEL, D.C., HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A.S. (1984). Effects of race on ratings of social skill. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52, 474-475. QUINN, M.M., KAVALE, K.A., MATHUR, S.R., RUTHERFORD, R.B. & FORNESS, S.R. (1999). A meta-analysis of social skills interventions for students with emotional and behavioural disorders. Journal of Emotional & Behavioural Disorders, 7, 54-64.
GRESHAM, F.M. & ELLIOTT, S.N. (1984). Assessment and classification of children's social skills : A review of methods and issues. School Psychology Review, 13, 292-301. HUPP, S.D.A. & REITMAN, D. (2000). Parent-assisted modification of pivotal social skills for a child diagnosed with PDD: A clinical replication. Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, 2, 183-187.
SEGAL, Z.V. & MARSHALL, W.L. (1985). Heterosexual social skills in a population of rapists and child molesters. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 53, 55-63. ELLIOTT, S.N., MALECKI, C.K. & DEMARAY, M.K. (2001). New directions in social skills assessment and intervention for elementary and middle school students. Exceptionality, 9 (1-2), 19-33. [PDF]
MASON, C.Y. (1985). Social skills. Journal of Precision Teaching, 6 (3), 68-69. BULLIS, M.B., WSLKER H.M. & SPARAGUE, J.R. (2001). A promise unfulfilled : Social skills training with at-risk and antisocial children and youth. Exceptionality, 9 (1-2), 67-90.
  CRAGER, D.E. & HORVATH, L.S. (2003). The application of social skills training in the treatment of a child with Asperger's disorder. Clinical Case Studies, 2 (1), 34-49.
MASON, C.Y. (1985). Precision teaching and social skills training : Some possible directions. Journal of Precision Teaching, 6 (3), 70-71. SMITH, S.W. & GILLES, D.L. (2003). Using key instructional elements to systematically promote social skill generalization for students with challenging behavior. Intervention in School and Clinic, 39 (1), 30-37.
  VAUGHN, S., KIM, A., SLOAN, C.V.M., HUGHES, M.T., ELBAUM, B. & SRIDHAR, D. (2003). Social skills interventions for young children with disabilities : A synthesis of group design studies. Remedial and Special Education, 24, 2-15.
CONGER, J.C. & CONGER, A.J. (1986). Assessment of social skills. Dans A.R. Ciminero, K.S. Calhoun & H.E. Adams (Éds.), Handbook of behavioral assessment (pp. 526-560). New York : John Wiley & Sons. MAAG, J.W. (2006). Social skills training for students with emotional and behavioral disorders : A review of reviews. Behavioral Disorders, 32 (1), 5-17. [PDF]
MUESER, K.T. & FOY, D.W. (1986). Social skills training for job maintainence in a psychiatric patients. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 33 (3), 360-362. BEELMANN, A. & LÖSEL, F. (2006). Child social skills training in developmental crime prevention : Effects on antisocial behavior and social competence. Psicothema, 18 (3), 603-610. [PDF]
LIBERMAN, R.P., MUESER, K.T., WALLACE, C.J., JACOBS, H.E., ECKMAN T. & MASSEL, H.K. (1986). Training skills in the psychiatrically disabled : Learning coping and competence. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 12, 631-647. BELLACK, A., BROWN, C. & THOMAS-LOHRMAN, S. (2006). Psychometric characteristics of role-play assessments of social skill in schizophrenia. Behavior Therapy, 37, 339-352.
FARLEY, R.C. & HINMAN, S. (1986). Enhancing job interview and job retention behavior with relationship skills training. Vocational Evaluation & Work Adjustment Bulletin, 19 (2), 55-60. BLICKLE, G., MEURS, J.A., ZETTLER, I., SOLGA, J., NOETHE, N.D., KRAMER, J. & FERRI, G.R. (2008). Personality, political skill, and job performance. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 72 (3), 377-387. [PDF]
  MURRAY, D.S., RUBLE, L.A., WILIS, H. & MOLLOY, C.A. (2009). Parent and teacher report of social skills in children with autism spectrum disorders. Language, Speech, & Hearing Services in Schools, 40, 109-115. [PDF]
RALPH, A. & BIRNBRAUER, J.S. (1986). The potential of correspondence training for facilitating generalisation of social skills. Applied research in mental retardation, 7 (4), 415-429. SCHRANDT, J.A., BUFFINGTON TOWSHEND, D. & POULSON, C.L. (2009). Teaching empathy skills to children with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42 (1), 17-32. [PDF]
FURNHAM, A. (1986). Social skills training with adolescents and young adults. In C.R. Hollin & P. Trower (Eds.), Handbook of social skills training : Implications across the life span (Vol. 1, pp. 33-57). New York : Pergamon Press. BEIDEL, D.C., RAO, P. A., SCHARFSTEIN, L.A., WONG, N. & ALFANO, C.A. (2010). Social skills and social phobia : an investigation of DSM-IV subtypes. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 48, 992-1001.
Voir aussi Comportement prosocial, Habileté et Socialisation
 
Habileté spatiale : Habileté spatiale, mémoire spatiale et rotation mentale. Spatial ability, spatial visualization.

    CASEY, M.B. (1996). Do gender differences in spatial skills mediate gender differences in mathematics among high ability students ? Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 19, 247-248.
STAFFORD, R.E. (1961). Sex differences in spatial visualization as evidence of sex-linked inheritance. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 13, 428. KASS, S.J., AHLERS, R.H. & DUGGER, M. (1998). Eliminating gender differences through practice in an applied visual spatial task. Human Performance, 11, 337-349.
HYDE, J.S., GEIRINGER, E.R. & YEN, W. (1975). On the empirical relation between sex differences in spatial ability and other aspects of cognitive performance. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 10, 289-310. BROSNAN, M. (1998). Spatial ability in children’s play with Lego blocks. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 87, 19-28.
  CASEY, M.B., NUTTALL, R.L. & PEZARIS, E. (1999). Evidence in support of a model that predicats how biological and environmental factors interact to influence spatial skills. Developmental Psychology, 35, 1237-1247.
CAPLAN, P.J., MacPHERSON, G.M. & TOBIN, P. (1985). Do sex-related differences in spatial abilities exist ? American Psychologist, 40, 786-799. BURIN, D.I., DELGADO, A.R. & PRIETO, G. (2000). Solution strategies and gender differences in spatial visualization tasks. Psicológica, 21, 275-286. [PDF]
JOHNSON, E.S. & MEADE, A.C. (1987). Developmental patterns of spatial ability : An early sex difference. Child Development, 58, 725-740. GEARY, D.C., SAULTS, S.J., LIU, F. & HOARD, M.K. (2000). Sex differences in spatial cognition, computational fluency, and arithmetical reasoning. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 77, 337-353.
LOHMAN, D.F. (1988). Spatial abilities as traits, processes, and knowledge. In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 4, pp. 181-248). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. GEARY, D.C. & DESOTO, M.C. (2001). Sex differences in spatial abilities among adults from the United States and China : Implications for evolutionary theory. Evolution & Cognition, 7, 172-177.
GEARY, D.C. & GILGER, J.W. (1989). Age of sexual maturation and adult spatial ability. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 27, 241-244. SHEA, D.L., LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (2001). Importance of assessing spatial ability in talented young adolescents : A 20-year longitudinal study. Journal of Educational Psychology, 93, 604-614.
GAULIN, S.J.C., FITZGERALD, R.W. & WARTELL, M.S. (1990). Sex differences in spatial ability and activity in two vole species. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 104, 88-93. WANG, R.F. & SPELKE, E.S. (2002). Human spatial representation : Insights from animals. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 6, 376-382.
WILLIAMS, C.L. & MECK, W.H. (1991). The organizational effects of gonadal steroids on sexually dimorphic spatial ability. Psychoneuroen-Docrinology, 16, 155-176. SAUCIER, D., BOWMAN, M. & ELIAS, L. (2003). Sex differences in the effect of articulatory or spatial dual task interference during navigation. Brain & Cognition, 53, 346-350.
SILVERMAN, I. & EALS, M. (1992). Sex differences in spatial abilities : evolutionary theory and data. In J.H. Barkow, L. Cosmides & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind : Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture (pp. 533-553). New York : Oxford University Press. VOYER D., RODGERS, M.A. & McCORMICK, P.A. (2004). Timing conditions and the magnitude of gender differences on the mental rotations test. Memory & Cognition, 32 (1), 72-82.
VOYER, S., VOYER, D. & BRYDEN, M.P. (1995). Magnitude of sex differences in spatial abilities : A meta-analysis and consideration of critical variables. Psychological Bulletin, 117, (2), 250-270. [PDF] WEBB, R.M., LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (2007). Spatial ability : A neglected dimension in talent searches for intellectually precocious youth. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99, 397-420. [PDF]
  UTTAL, D.H., MEADOW, N.G., TIPTON, E., HAND, L.L., ALDEN, A.R., WARREN, C. & NEWCOMBE, N.S. (2013). The malleability of spatial skills : A meta-analysis of training studies. Psychological bulletin, 139 (2), 352-403.
Voir aussi Habileté, Diffférence sexuelle, Mémoire spatiale et Rotation mentale
 
Habileté verbale : Habileté, Litéracie et comportement verbal. Verbal ability.

  WOODDROW, H. (1939). The relation of verbal ability to improvement with practice in verbal tests. Journal of Educational Psychology, 30, 179-186.
DICKSON, W.P. (Ed.) (1981). Children’s oral communication skills. New York : Academic Press.
ALWIN, D. (1991). Family of origin and cohort differences in verbal ability. American Sociological Review, 56, 625-638.
ECHOLS, L.D., WEST, R.F., STANOVICH, K.E. & ZEHR, K. (1996). Using children's literacy activities to predict growth in verbal cognitive skills : A longitudinal investigation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 88 (2), 296-304. [PDF]
NAZZI, T. & GOPNICK, A. (2001). Linguistic and cognitive abilities in infancy : when does language become a tool for categorization ? Cognition, 80, 11-20.
CAIN, K., BRYANT, P. & OAKHILL, J. (2004). Children’s reading comprehension ability : Concurrent prediction by working memory, verbal ability, and component skills. Journal of Educational Psychology, 96 (1), 31-42. [PDF]
Voir aussi Habileté, Litératie et Comportement verbal
Habileté visuelle : Voir Vision ou Attention visuelle.
Habiller/Habillement : Consiste à choisir ses vêtements. leur coupe, leur couleur, leur style. Habillement, apparence et mode. = vêtement, se vêtir, uniforme, veston, tailleur, robe. Dress style, clothing, attire, clothes preference, fashion clothing.

  HAMID, P.N. (1968). Style of dress as a perceptual cue in impression formation. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 26, 904-906. TURNER-BOWKER, D.M. (2001). How can you pull yourself up by your bootstraps, if you don't have boots? Work-appropriate clothing for poor women. Journal of Social Issues, 57 (2), 311-322.
LAMBERT, S. (1972). Reactions to a stranger as a function of style of dress. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 35, 711-712. GUÉGUEN, N., JACOB, C. et LEGOHÉREL, P. (2003). Personnalisation, attrait physique et acceptation d'une requête: Une évaluation dans le cas de la communication médiatisée par ordinateur. Revue Canadienne des Sciences du Comportement, 35, 84-96.
GREEN, P. & GILES, H. (1973). Reactions to a stranger as a function of dress style : the tie. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 37, 676. BRASE, G.L. & RICHMOND, J. (2004). The white-coat effect : Physician attire and perceived authority, friendliness, and attractiveness. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 34 (12), 2469-2481.
BICKMAN, L. (1974). The social power of a uniform. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 4, 47-61. GRAMMER, K., RENNINGER, L.A. & FISCHER, B. (2004). Disco clothing, female sexual motivation, and Style of dress as a perceptual cue in impression formation. relationship status : Is she dressed to impress ? Journal of Sex Research, 41, 66-74. [PDF]
CONNORS, B.H., PETERS, K. & NAGASAWA, R.H. (1975). Person and costume : Effects on the formation of first impressions. Home Economics Research Journal, 4 (1), 32-41. EISEND, M. (2006). Source credibility dimensions in marketing communication – A generalized solution. Journal of Empirical Generalizations in Marketing Science, 10 (2), 1-33. [PDF]
JUDD, N., BULL, R.H.C. & GAHAGAN, D. (1975). The effects of clothing style upon the reactions of a stranger. Social Behavior & Personality, 3 (2), 225-227. [PDF] JULHAN, S., KSIBII-SAHLI, A. LAMOINE, A. et LEGENDRE, C. (2007). L'apparence : atout ou obstacle ? Influence du style vestimentaire sur l'attractivité d'une personne. Laboratoire de Psychologie Sociale et Cognitive, 3, 57-65. [PDF]
  GURUNG, R.A.R. & CHROUSER, C.J. (2007). Predicting objectification: Do provocative clothing and observer characteristics matter ? Sex Roles, 57, 91–99.
  GILLLIGAN, I. (2007). Clothing and farming origins : The Indo-Pacific evidence. Journal of Indo-Pacific Archaeology, 27, 12–21.
JOHNSON, B.H., NAGASAWA, R.H. & PETERS, K. (1977). Clothing style differences : Their impression of sociability. Home Economics Journal, 6 (1), 58-63. CHORY, R.M. (2007). Enhancing student perceptions of fairness : The relationship between instructor credibility and classroom justice. Communication Education, 56 (1), 89-105.
FORTENBERRY, J.H., MACLEAN J., MORRIS, P. & O'CONNELL, M. (1978). Mode of dress as a perceptual cue to deference. The Journal of Social Psychology, 104, 139-140. ELLIOT, A.J. & NIESTA, D. (2008). Romantic red : Red enhances men's attraction to women. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 95, 1150-1164. [PDF]
BULL, R. & GIBSON-ROBINSON, E. (1981). The influence of eye-gaze, style of dress, and locality on the amounts of money donated to a charity. Human Relations, 34, 895-905. SEBASTIAN, R.J. & BRISTOW, D. (2008). Formal or Informal ? The impact of style of dress and forms of address on business students ? Perceptions of professors. Journal of Education for Business, 83 (4), 196-201.
EDMONDS, E.M. & CAHOON, D.D. (1984). Female clothes preference related to male sexual interest. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 171-173. GUÉGUEN, N. (2009). Man's uniform and receptivity of women to courtship request : Three field experiments with a firefighter's uniform. European Journal of Social Sciences, 12 (2), 235-240. [PDF]
DAMHORST, M.L. & REED, J.A.P. (1986), Clothing color value and facial expression: Effects on evaluations of female job applicants. Social Behavior & Personality, 14, 89-98. ROBERTS, C., OWEN, R.C. & HAVLICEK, J. (2010). Distinguishing between perceiver and wearer effects in clothing color-associated attributions. Evolutionary Psychology, 8 (3), 350- 364.
ABBEY, A., COZZARELLI, C., McLAUGHLIN, K. & HARNISH, R.J. (1987). The effects of clothing and dyad sex composition on perceptions of sexual intent : do women and men evaluate these cues differently ? Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 12, 108-126. McDERMOTT, L.A. & PETTIJOHN, T.F. (2011). The influence of clothing fashion and race on the perceived socioeconomic status and person perception of college students. Psychology & Society, 4 (2), 64-75. [PDF]
  GOODIN, S., VAN DENBURG, A., MURNEN, S.K. & SMOLAK, L. (2011). "Putting on" sexiness : A content analysis of the presence of sexualizing characteristics in girls' clothing. Sex Roles, 65, 1-12.
WORKMAN, J.E. (1988). Trait inferences based on perceived ownership of designer, brand name, or store brand jeans. Clothing & Textiles Research Journal, 6 (2), 23-29. GUÉGUEN, N. (2011). The effect of women's suggestive clothing on men's behavior and judgment : a field study. Psychological Reports, 109 (2), 635-638. [PDF]
FRANK, M.G. & GILOVICH, T. (1988), The dark side of self- and social perception : Black uniforms and aggression in professional sports, Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 54, 74-85. LIGHTSTONE, K., FRANCIS, R. & KOCUM, L. (2011). University faculty style of dress and students' perception of instructor credibility. International Journal of Business & Social Science, 2 (15), 15-22. [PDF]
SATRAPA, A., MELHADO, M.B., CURADO- COELHO M.M. & OTTA, E. (1992). Influence of style of dress on formation of first impressions. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 74 (1), 159-162. [PDF] TAKAHASHI, S. (2012). Effect of red vs black clothing on the impression of persons engaged in a dialogue. Journal of the International Colour Association, 7, 4-12 [PDF]
  GUÉGUEN, N. (2012). Color and women attractiveness : When red clothed women are perceived to have more intense sexual intent. The Journal of Social Psychology, 152 (3), 261-265.
  GRAFF, K., MURNEN, S.K. & SMOLAK, L. (2012). Too sexualized to be taken seriously ? Perceptions of a girl in childlike vs. sexualizing clothing. Sex Roles, 11, 764–775.
WORKMAN, J.E., JOHNSON, K.K. & HADELER, B. (1993). The influence of clothing on students' interpretative and extended inferences about a teaching assistant. College Student Journal, 27 (1), 119-128. GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2012). Clothing color and tipping : Gentlemen patrons give more tips to waitresses with red clothes. Journal of Hospitality & Tourism, 38 (2), 275-280. [PDF]
LUKAVSKY, J., BUTLER, S. & HARDEN, A.J. (1995). Perceptions of an instructor : Dress and students? characteristics. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 81, 231-240. ELLIOT, A.J., TRACY, J.L., PRAZDA, A.D. & BEALL, A.T. (2013). Red enhances women's attractiveness to men : First evidence suggesting universality. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 49, 165-168 [PDF]
MORRIS, T.L., GORHAM, J., COHEN, S.H. & HUFFMAN, D. (1996). Fashion in the classroom : Effects of attire on student perceptions of instructors in college classes. Communication Education, 45 (2), 135-148. BEALL, A.T. & TRACY, J.L. (2013). Women are more likely to wear red or pink at peak fertility. Psycholgical Science, 24 (9), 1837-1841. [PDF]
ROACH, D.K. (1997). Effects of graduate teaching assistant attire on student leaming, misbehaviors, and ratings of instruction. Communication Quarterly, 4 (3), 125-141. [PDF] SUN, Y. & GUO, S. (2014). Media exposure, social comparison and self-discrepancy : A model of prediction of fashion clothing involvement. Intercultural Communication Studies, 22 (2), 151-172. [PDF]
BARBER, N. (1999). Women's dress fashions as a function of reproductive strategy. Sex Roles, 40, 459-471. GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2014). Clothing color and tipping: Gentlemen patrons give more tips to waitresses with red clothes. Journal of Hospitality & Tourism Research, 38 (2), 275-280.
  GILLIGAN, I. (2016). Clothing. In T.K. Shackelford, (Ed.), Encyclopedia of evolutioanary psychological science (pp. 1-8). Springer. [PDF]
Voir aussi Attirance physique, Attraction interpersonnelle, Théorie naïve, Mode, Impression, Couleur et Apparence

 

Habitat : Voir Milieu naturel.
Habituation : Disparition progressive d'une réponse par suite de la répétition du stimulus qui déclenche cette réponse. EX: Lorsqu'on habite près d'une grande artère, on s'habitue avec le temps aux bruits de la rue, aux passages des voitures; et la campagne devient alors insupportable... :0). Habituation.

  MILLER, N.E. (1950). Outline on training and habituation of rats for laboratory work. In R.W. Gerard (Ed.), Methods in medical research (Vol. 3, pp. 216-218). Chicago : Yearbook Publishers. McCALL, R.E. & GARRIGER, M.S. (1993). A meta analysis of infant habituation and recognition memory performance as predictors of later IQ. Child Development, 64, 57-79.
BRIMER, C.J. & KAMIN, L.J. (1963). Disinhibition, habituation, sensitization, and the conditioned emotional response. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 56, 508-516. BROSTER, B.S. & RANKIN, C.H. (1994). Effects of chang- ing interstimulus interval during habituation in Caeorhabditis elegans. Behavioral Neuroscience, 108, 1019-1029.
THOMPSON, R.F. & SPENCER W.A. (1966). Habituation : A model phenomenon for the study of neuronal substrates of behavior. Psychological Review, 73, 16-43. STADDON, J.ER. & HIGGA, J.J. (1996). Multiple time scales in simple habituation. Psychological Review, 103, 720-733.
DAVIS, M. (1970). Effects of interstimulus interval length and variability on startle-response habituation in the rat. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 72, 177–192. McSWEENEY, F.K. & WEATHERLY, J. (1998). Habituation to the reinforcer may contribute to multiple-schedule behavioral contrast. Journal of the Experimental Analysis Behavior, 69 (2), 199-221. [PDF]
EPSTEIN, S. & FENZ, W.D. (1970). Habituation to a loud sound as a function of manifest anxiety. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 75, 189-194.  
GROVES, P.M. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1970). Habituation : a dual-process theory. Psychological Review, 77, 419-450. ROSE, J.K. & RANKIN, C.H. (2001). Analyses of Habituation in C. elegans. Learning & Memory, 8, 63-69.
AVRILL, J.R., MALMSTROM, E.J., KORIAT, A. & LAZARUS R.S. (1972). Habituation to complex emotional stimuli. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 80, 20-28. ERNST, M.M. & EPSTEIN, L.H. (2002). Habituation of responding for food in humans. Appetite, 38, 224-234.
ÖHMAN, A. & LADER, M.H. (1972). Selective attention and "habituation" of the auditory averaged evoked response in humans. Physiology & Behavior, 8, 79-85. SIROIS, S. & MARESCHAL, D. (2002) Models of infant habituation. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 6, 293-98.
ÖHMAN, A., KAYE, J.J. & LADER, M.H. (1972). Regular interstimulus interval as a critical determinant of short-term "habituation" of the auditory averaged evoked response. Psychonomic Science, 27, 275-278.  
EISENSTEIN, E.M. & PERETZ, B. (1973). Comparative as- pects of habituation in invertebrates. In H.V.S. Peeke & M.J. Herz (Eds.), Habituation : Physiological substrates (Vol. 2. pp. 1–31). New York : Academic Press. McSWEENEY, F.K. & SWINDELL, S. (2002). Common processes may contribute to extinction and habituation. Journal of General Psychology, 129 (4), 364-400.
KORIAT, A., AVRILL, J.R. & MALMSTROM, E.J. (1973). Individual differences in habituation : Some conceptual issues. Journal of Experimental Research in Personality, 7, 88 -101. McSWEENEY, F.K., MURPHY, E.S. & KOWAL, B.P. (2003). Dishabituation with component transitions may contribute to the interactions observed during multiple schedules. Behavioural Processes, 64, 77-89.
WILLIAMS, J.M., HAMILTON, L.W. & CARLTON, P.I. (1974). Pharmacological and anatomical dissociation of two types of habituation. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 87, 724-732. GRAMMER, K., RENNINGER, L.A. & FISCHER, B. (2004). Disco clothing, female sexual motivation, and relationship status: Is she dressed to impress? Journal of Sex Research, 41, 66-74. [PDF]
WILLIAMS, J.M., HAMILTON, L.W. & CARLTON, P.I. (1975). Ontogenetic dissociationof two classes of habituation. Journal of Comparative physiology & Psychological, 89, 733-737. McSWEENEY, F.K. (2004). Dynamic changes in reinforcer effectiveness : Satiation and habituation have different implications for theory and practice. The Behavior Analyst, 27, 171-188. [PDF]
WHITLOW, J.W. (1975). Short-term memory in habituation and dishabituation. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 1, 189-206. SCHÖNER, G. & THELEN, E. (2006). Using dynamic field theory to rethink infant habituation. Psychological Review, 113 (2), 273-299. [PDF]
WAGNER, A.R. (1976). Priming in STM : An information-processing mechanism for self-generated or retrieval- generated depression in performance. In T.J. Tighe & R.N. Leaton (Eds.), Habituation: Perspectives from child development, animal behavior and neurophysiology (pp. 95-128). New York : Wiley.  
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1987). Neurobiology, psychology and habituation. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 25 (2), 81-97. ATTRILL, M.J., GRESTY, K.A., HILL, R.A. & BARTON, R.A. (2008). Red shirt colour is associated with long-term team success in English football. Journal of Sports Sciences, 26, 577-582. [PDF]
BORNSTEIN, M.H. (1988). Answers to three prominent questions about habituation. Cahiers de Psychologie Cognitive, 8, 531-538. TEMPLE, J.L., GIACOMELLI, A.M., ROEMMICH, J.N. & EPSTEIN, L.H. (2008). Habituation and within session changes in motivated responding for food in children. Appetite, 50 (2-3), 390-396. [PDF]
POUCET, B., DURUP, M. & THINUS-BLANC, C. (1988). Short-term and long-term habituation of exploration in rats, hamsters and gerbils. Behavioural Processes, 16, 203-211.  
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1988). Comparator theories of habituation : A reply. Biological Psychology, 27, 65-67. RANKIN, C.H., ABRAMS, T., BARRY, R.J., BHATNAGAR, S. CLAYTON, D., COLOMBO, J., COPPOLA, G., GEYER, M.A., GLANZMAN, D.L., MARSLAND, S., MCSWEENEY, F., WILSON, D.A., WU, C.F. & THOMPSON, R.F. (2009). Habituation revisited : An updated and revised description of the behavioral characteristics of habituation. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 92, 135-138. [PDF]
HALL, G. & HONEY, R.C. (1989). Contextual effects in conditioning, latent inhibition, and habituation : Associative and retrieval functions of contextual cues. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 15, (3), 232-241. [PDF]  
BORNSTEIN, M.H. & LUDEMANN, P.L. (1989). Habituation at home. Infant Behavior & Development, 12, 525-529. EPSTEIN, L.H., TEMPLE, J.L., ROEMMICH, J.N. & BOUTON, M.E. (2009). Habituation as a determinant of human food intake. Psychological Review, 116 (2), 384-407. [PDF]
EPSTEIN, L.H., RODEFER, J.S., WISNIEWSKI, L., MCSWEENEY, F.K., MURPHY, E.S., KOWAL, B. & CAGGIULA, A.R. (1992). Habituation and dishabituation of humans salivary response. Physiology & Behavior, 51, 945-950. ROBERTS, S.C., OWEN, R.C. & HAVLICEK, J. (2010). Distinguishing between perceiver and wearer effects in clothing color-associated attributions. Evolutionary Psychology, 8, 350-364.
LEINBACH, M. & FAGOT, B. (1993). Categorical habituation to male and female faces : Gender schematic processing in infancy. Infant Behavior & Development, 16, 317-332. EPSTEIN L.H., CARR, K.A., CAVANAUGH, M.D., PALUCH, R.A. & BOUTON, M.E. (2011). Long-term habituation to food in obese and nonobese women. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 94, 371-376. [PDF]
Voir aussi Réponse
Habitude : Comportement fréquent et automatique (émis sans conscience ou volonté). En raison de sa fréquence, l'habitude est un comportement difficile à modifier et parfois nuisible. Dans la théorie de Hull, l'habitude désigne la relation entre le stimulus et le comportement. Habit.

  BEAUNIS, H.E. (1856). De l'habitude en général. AZRIN, N.H. & NUNN, R.G. (1977). Habit control in a day. New York : Simon & Shuster.
JAMES, W. (1890). Habit. New York : H. Holt and Co. AZRIN, N.H. & NUNN, R.G. (1973). Habit- reversal : A method of eliminating nervous habits and tics. Behavior Research & Therapy, 11, 619-628.
MORGAN, C.L. (1896). Habit and instinct. London : Edward Arnold. PILIAVIN, J.A. (1991). Is the road to helping paved with good intentions ? Or inertia based on habit ? In J. Howard & P.L. Callero (Eds.) The self-society interface : Cognition, emotion, and action (pp. 259-280). Cambridge : Cambridge University Pess.
BRYAN, W.L. & HARTER, N. (1899). Studies on the telegraphic language : The acquisition of a hierarchy of habits. Psychological Review, 6, 345-375. WOODS, D.W. & MILTENBERGER, R.G. (1995). Habit reversal : A review of applications and variations. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 26, 123-131.
BAIR, J.H. (1902). The practice curve : A study of the formation of habits. Psychological review: Monograph supplements, 19, 1-70. WOODS, D.W., MILTENBERGER, R.G. & LUMLEY, V.A. (1996). Sequential application of major habit-reversal. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 34 (4),483-493. [PDF]
YERKES, R.M. & DODSON, J.D. (1908). The relation of strength of stimuli to rapidity of habit-formation. Journal of Comparative Neurology & Psychology, 18, 459-82. [PDF] OUELLETTE, J. & WOOD, W. (1998). Habit and intention in everyday life : The multiple processes by which past behavior predicts future behavior. Psychological Bulletin, 124, 54-74. [PDF]
FRANZ, S.I. & LASHLEY, K.S. (1917). The retention of habits by the rat after destruction of the frontal portion of the cerebrum. Psychobiology, 1, 3-18. ALLEN, K.D. (1998). The use of an enhanced simplified habit-reversal procedure to reduce disruptive outbursts during athletic. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 31 (3), 489-492. [PDF]
LASHLEY, K.S. & FRANZ, S.I. (1917). The effects of cerebral destruction upon habit formation and retention in the albino rat. Psychobiology, 1, 71-139. WOODS, D.W. & TWOHIG, M.P. (2001). Habit reversal as a treatment for chronic skin picking in typically developing adult male siblings. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 34 (2), 217-220. [PDF]
KANTOR, J.R. (1922). The integrative character of habits. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 2, 195-216. CERUTTI, D.T. (2002). Psychology of conditioning and habit. In N.J. Smelser & P.B. Baltes (Eds.), International encyclopedia of the social and behavioral sciences. Oxford : Elsevier Science.
DUNLAP, K. (1932). Habits : Their making and unmaking. New York : Liveright. WOOD, W. QUINN, J.M. & KASHY, D.A. (2002). Habits in everyday life : thought, emotion, and action. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 83 (6), 1281-1297. [PDF]
HULL, C.L. (1934). The concept of the habit-family hierarchy and maze learning : Part I. Psychological Review, 41, 33-54. MARKS, D.F. (2005). Overcoming your smoking habit. London : Robinson.
SCHMIDEBERG, M. (1935). Bad habits in childhood. Their importance in development. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 14, 455-461. EVERITT, B.J. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2005.) Neural systems of reinforcement for drug addiction : from actions to habits to compulsion. Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1481-1489. [PDF]
ISAACS, S.S. (1935). Bad habits. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 16, 446-454. WOOD, W., TAM, L. & GUERRERO WITT, M. (2005). Changing circumstances, disrupting habits. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 88, 918-933. [PDF]
WHITING, J.W.M. & MOWRER, O.H. (1943). Habit progression and regression : A laboratory study of some factors relevant to human socialization. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 36 (3), 229-253. MILTENBERGER, R.G. (2005). Habit Reversal. In A. Gross & R. Drabman (Eds.), Encyclopedia of behavior modification and cognitive behavior therapy (Vol.2, pp. 873-877). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
  BACHEVALIER, J. (2006). Ontogenetic development of habit and memory formation in primates. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 608 (1), 457-484.
FINNEGAN, J.K., LARSON, P.S. & HAAG, H.B. (1945). The role of nicotine in the cigarette habit. Science, 102, 94-96. NEAL, D.T., WOOD, W. & QUINN, J.M. (2006). Habits : A repeat performance. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 15, 198-202. [PDF]
MOWRER, O.H. & JONES, H. (1945). Habit strength as a function of the pattern of reinforcement. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 35, 293-311. WOOD, W. & NEAL, D.T. (2007). A new look at habits and the habit-goal interface. Psychological Review, 114 (4), 843-863. [PDF]
DOLLARD, J. (1947). The acquisition of new social habits. In R. Linton (Ed.), The science of man in the world crisis (pp.442-464). New York : Columbia University Press. NEAL, D.T., WOOD, W. & LABRECQUE, J.S. & LAILY, P. (2011). How do habits guide behavior ? Perceived and actual triggers of habits in daily life. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 48 (2), 492-498. [PDF]
DULANY, D.E. (1961). Hypotheses and habits in verbal "operant conditioning". Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 63, 251-263. AGGARWAL, M. & WICKENS, J.R. (2011). A role for phasic dopamine neuron firing in habit learning. Neuron, 72, 892-894. [PDF]
NILSEN, P., ROBACK, K., BROSTRÖM, A. & ELLSTRÖM, P.E.E. (2012). Creatures of habit : accounting for the role of habit in implementation research on clinical behaviour change. Implementation Science, 7, 53-59. [PDF]
Voir aussi Comportement
Habitude auto-mutilante : Ensemble d'habitudes qui peuvent se transformer en compulsion, qui engendre alors des mutilations corporelles légères mais qui avec le temps, peuvent occassioner des problèmes gde santé ou un rejet social. = habitude auto-destructive. Body dysmorphic disorder.

Habitude auto-destructive
Bruxisme Manger sa main Trichotillomanie
Excoriation Onychophagie (se ronger les ongles)  
 

  ROBERTS, S., O'CONNOR, K. & BÉLANGER, C. (2013). Emotion regulation and other psychological models for body-focused repetitive behaviors. Clinical Psychology Review, 33, 745-762. [PDF]
Voir aussi Automutilation
 
Habitus : Selon Bourdieu, forme de socialisation des individus qui consacre la reproduction des inégalités sociales, notamment des classes sociales.
  BOURDIEU, P. (1990). The logic of practice. Cambridge : Polity Press. [PDF]
BOURDIEU, P. (2000). Esquisse d'une théorie de la pratique. Paris : Seuil
SAPIRO, G. (2004). La formation de l'habitus scientifique. In L. Pinto, G. Sapiro et P. Champagne (Dir.), Pierre Bourdieu, sociologue (p. 319-325). Paris : Fayard.
HAGOPIAN - HALDANE - HALL - HALLUCINATION - HALPERN - HAMILTON - HAMNER - HANDICAP MENTAL - HANS (Petit)- HAP
Hackenberg Timothy D. (Lynwood 1959-) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage. Étudiant de Hineline. Collaborateur de Branch, Lattal et Madden.
HACKENBERG, T.D. & HINELINE, P.N. (1987). Remote effects of aversive contingencies : Disruption of appetitive behavior by adjacent avoidance sessions. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 48 (1), 161-173. [PDF]
HACKENBERG, T.D. & HINELINE, P.N. (1992). Choice in situations of time-based diminishing returns : Immediate versus delayed consequences of action. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 57 (1), 67-80. [PDF]
HACKENBERG, T.D. & VAIDYA, M. (2003). Determinants of pigeons’ choices in token-based self-control procedures. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 79 (2), 207-218. [PDF]
HACKENBERG, T.D. (2009). Token reinforcement : A review and analysis. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 91 (2), 257-286. [PDF] + [PDF]
HACKENBERG, T.D (2009). Realism without truth : A review of Giere’s Science without laws and scientific perspectivism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 91 (3), 391-402. [PDF]
Hacking Ian ( ) : Philosophe et épistémologue canadien.
HACKING, I. (1963). What is strict implication ? Journal of Symbolic Logic, 28, 51-71.
HACKING, I. (1978). On the reality of existence and identity. Canadian Journal of Philosophy, 8613-32.
HACKING, I. (1979). What is logic ? Journal of Philosophy, 86, 285-319.
HACKING, I. (1982). Experimentation and scientific realism. Philosophical Topics, 13, 81-87.
HACKING, I. (1989). The life of instruments. Studies in the History & Philosophy of Science, 20,265-279.
Hadley Charles D. ( ) : Politologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude des partis politiques.
HADLEY, C.D. & LADD, E.C. (1973). Political parties and political issues : Patterns in differentiation since the New Deal. Beverly Hills : SAGE.
HADLEY, C.D. & LADD, E.C. (1973). Party definition and party differentiation. Public Opinion Quarterly, 37 (2), 21-34.
HADLEY, C.D. & LADD, E.C. (1975). Transformations of the american party system : Political coalitions from the New Deal to the 1970s. New York : W.W. Norton & Company.
HADLEY, C.D. (1981). Survey research and southern politics : The implications of data management. Public Opinion Quarterly, 45 (4), 393-401.
HADLEY, C.D. & EPSTEIN, L. (1990). On the treatment of political parties in the U.S. Supreme Court, 1900-1986. The Journal of Politics, 52 (5), 413-432.
Haeckel Ernst Heinrich Philipp August (Potsdam 1834-1919) : Biologiste et philosophe allemand. Il a fait connaître la théorie de la sélection naturelle de Darwin en Allemagne.

 
 
 
 
 
Hagège Claude (Tunis-) : Linguiste français d'origine tunisienne et spécialiste du français.
HAGÈGE, C. (1982). La structure des langues. Paris : Que sais-je/Presses Universitaires de France.
HAGÈGE, C. (1996). L'enfant aux deux langues. Éditions Odile Jacob.
HAGÈGE, C. (2001). Halte à la mort des langues. Éditions Odile Jacob.
HAGÈGE, C. (2006). Combat pour le français : au nom de la diversité des langues et des cultures. Éditions Odile Jacob.
HAGÈGE, C. (2009). Le combat entre l’écrivain et sa langue. Paris : Gallimard.
Hagger Martin ( ) : Psychologue anglais et spécialiste de la psychologie de la santé et de la médecine béhaviorale.

HAGGER, M.S. (2009). Theoretical integration in health psychology : Unifying ideas and complimentary explanations. British Journal of Health Psychology, 14, 189-194.
HAGGER, M.S. (2010). Health psychology review : Advancing theory and research in health psychology and behavioural medicine. Health Psychology Review, 4, 1-5.
HAGGER, M.S., RENTZELAS, P. & CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. (2014). Effects of individualist and collectivist group norms and choice on intrinsic motivation. Motivation & Emotion, 38, 215-223.
HAGGER, M.S. HARDCASTLE, S.J., HINGLEY, C., STRICKLAND, E., PANG, J. & WATTS, G.F. (2016). Predicting self-management behaviors in familial hypercholesterolemia using an integrated theoretical model : The impact of beliefs about illnesses and beliefs about behaviors. International Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 23, 282-294.
HAGGER, M.S. & CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. (2016). The trans-contextual model of autonomous motivation in education : Conceptual and empirical issues and meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 86, 360-407.
Hagopian Louis P. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Bailey, Deleon, Fisher, Leblanc, Piazza, Poling et Vollmer.
HAGOPIAN, L.P., FISHER, W.W. & LEGACY, S.M. (1994). Schedule effects of noncontingent reinforcement on attention-maintained destructive behavior in identical quadruplets. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (2), 317-325. [PDF]
HAGOPIAN, L.P., CROCKETT, J.L., VAN STONE, M., DELEON, I.G. & BOWMAN, L.G. (2000). Effects of noncontingent reinforcement on problem behavior and stimulus engagement : The role of satiation, extinction, and alternative reinforcement. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 33 (4), 433-449. [PDF]
HAGOPIAN, L.P., TOOLE, L.M., LONG, E.S., BOWMAN, L.G. & LIEVING, G.A. (2004). A comparison of dense-to-lean and fixed lean schedules of alternative reinforcement and extinction. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 37 (3), 323-328. [PDF]
HAGOPIAN, L.P., BRUZECK, J.L., BOWMAN, L.G. & JENNETT, H.K. (2007). Assessment and treatment of problem behavior occasioned by interruption of free-operant behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (1), 89-103. [PDF]
HAGOPIAN, L.P. & TOOLE, L.M. (2009). Effects of response blocking and competing stimuli on stereotypic behavior. Behavioral Interventions, 24 (2), 117-125.
Hahnemann Samuel (Meissen Allemagne 1755-1843 Paris) : Médecin et inventeur de l'homéopathie.
 
 
 
 
 
Haidt Jonathan ( ) : Psychosociologue américain et tenant de la psychologue positive, spécialisé dans l'étude de la moralité et des émotions. Collaborateur de Keltner, Olatunji et Rodin.
HAIDT, J., KOLLER, S. & DIAS, M. (1993). Affect, culture, and morality, or is it wrong to eat your dog ? Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 65, 613-628. [PDF]
HAIDT, J., ROZIN, P., MCCAULEY, C. & IMADA, S. (1997). Body, psyche, and culture : The relationship of disgust to morality. Psychology and Developing Societies, 9, 107-131. [PDF]
HAIDT, J. & RODIN, J. (1999). Control and efficacy as interdisciplinary bridges. Review of General Psychology, 3, 317-337. [PDF]
HAIDT, J. (2001). The emotional dog and its rational tail : A social intuitionist approach to moral judgment. Psychological Review, 108, 814-834. [PDF] + [PDF]
HAIDT, J (2007). The new synthesis in moral psychology. Science, 316, 998-1002. [PDF]
Haier Richard J. ( ) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'intelligente. Il est un des signataires du Groupe des 52. Collaborateur de Jung et Yeo.
HAIER, R.J., CHUEH, D., TOUCHETTE, P., LOTT, I., BUCHSBAUM, M.S., MACMILLAN, D., SANDMAN, C. LACASSE, L. & SOSA, E. (1995). Brain size and cerebral glucose metabolic rate in nonspecific mental retardation and Down syndrome. Intelligence, 20 191-210. [PDF]
HAIER, R.J., JUNG, R.E., YEO, R.A., HEAD, K. & ALKIRE, M.T. (2004). Structural brain variation and general intelligence. NeuroImage, 23 (1), 425-433. [PDF]
HAIER, R.J., JUNG, R.E., YEO, R.A., HEAD, K. & ALKIRE, M.T. (2005). The neuroanatomy of general intelligence : sex matters. NeuroImage, 25, 320-327. [PDF]
HAIER, R.J., JUNG, R.E., YEO, R.A., HEAD, K. & ALKIRE, M.T. (2005). Structural brain variation, age and response time. Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience, 5 (2), 246-251. [PDF]
HAIER, R.J. (2014). Increased intelligence is a myth (so far). Frontier in Systems Neuroscience, 8, 1-3. [PDF]
Hailman Jack P. (St. Louis 1936-) : Éthologiste et ornithologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'instinct, notamment du geai bleu. Étudiant de Wilson.
HAILMAN, J.P. (1967). The ontogeny of an instinct : The pecking response in chicks of the laughing gull (Larus atricilla L.) and related species. Behaviour, 15 (S), 1-159.
HAILMAN, J.P. (1969). Spectral pecking preference in gull chicks : Possible resolution of a species difference. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 67 (4), 465-467.
HAILMAN, J.P. (1969). Blue jay mimics osprey. Florida Field Naturalist, 18 (4), 81-82. [PDF]
HAILMAN, J.P. (1989). Toward a new philosophy of biology - review. Auk, 106, 751-752. [LIRE]
HAILMAN, J.P., McGOWAN, K.J. & WOOLFENDEN, G.E. (1994). Role of helpers in the sentinel behaviour of the Florida scrub jay (Aphelocoma c. coerulescens). Ethology, 97, 119-140.
Haine : Émotion ou sentinement. Haine, racisme et racisme. Hate.

  BECK, A.T. (1999). Prisoners of hate : The cognitive basis of anger, hostility and violence. New York : HarperCollins.
FISETTE, D. (2009). Love and hate : Brentano and Stumpf on emotions and sense feelings. Gestalt Theory, 29 (1), 115-127.
Haines Mary M. ( ) : Psychiatre australienne, spécialisée dans l'étude du stress environnemental et des influences du bruit sur la santé mentale. Collaboratrice de Hygge et Stansfeld.
HAINES, M.M., STANSFELD, S.A., BRENTNALL, S., HEAD, J., BERRY, B., JIGGINS, M. & HYGGE, S. (2001). The West London Schools Study : the effects of chronic aircraft noise exposure on child health. Psychological Medicine, 31, 1385-1396.
HAINES, M.M., STANSFELD, S.A., JOB, R.F., BERGLUND, B. & HEAD, J. (2001). Chronic aircraft noise exposure, stress responses, mental health and cognitive performance in school children. Psychological Medicine, 31, 265-277.
HAINES, M.M., STANSFELD, S.A., JOB, R., BERGLUND, B. & HEAD, J. (2001). A follow-up study of effects of chronic aircraft noise exposure on child stress responses and cognition. International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, 839-45.
HAINES, M.M. (2002). Multilevel modelling of aircraft noise on performance tests in schools around Heathrow Airport London. Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 56, 139-144.
HAINES, M.M. (2003). Qualitative responses of children to environmental noise. Noise Health, 5, 19-30.
HAL : Archive ouverte pluridisciplinaire.
Haladyna Thomas M. ( ) : Spécialiste américain de l'évaluation, et plus particulièrement des tests à choix multiple.

HALADYNA, T.M. & DOWNING, S.M. (1989). Validity of a taxonomy of multiple-choice item-writing rules. Applied Measurement in Education, 2, 51-78.
HALADYNA, T.M. & DOWNING, S.M. (1989). Validity of a taxonomy of multiple-choice item-writing rules. Applied Measurement in Education, 2, 51-78.
HALADYNA, T.M. (1992). The effectiveness of several multiple-choice formats. Applied Measurement in Education, 5, 73-88.
HALADYNA, T.M. (1999). Developing and validating multiple-choice test items. Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
HALADYNA, T.M., DOWNING, S.M. & RODRIGUEZ, M.C. (2002). A review of multiple-choice item-writing guidelines for classroom assessment. Applied Measurement in Education, 15, 309-334. [PDF]
Halbwachs Maurice (Reims 1877-1945 Buchenwald Allemagne) : Sociologue français. On lui doit notamment le concept de mémoire collective. Étudiant de Bergson et Durkheim. Professeur de Stoetzel.
HALBWACHS, M. (1925). Cadres sociaux de la mémoire. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
HALBWACHS, M. (1930). Les causes du suicide. Paris: Félix Alcan.
HALBWACHS, M. (1938). Esquisse d'une psychologie des classes sociales. Paris : Librairie Marcel Rivière et Cie.
HALBWACHS, M. (1938). La psychologie collective du raisonnement. Zeitschrift für Sozialforschung.
HALBWACHS, M. (1950). La mémoire collective. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
 
MARCEL, J.C. (1998). Jean Stoetzel, élève de Maurice Halbwachs : Les origines françaises de la théorie des opinions. L’Année Sociologique, 48 (2), 319-351. [PDF]
Haldane John Burdon Sanderson (Edimbourg Écosse 1892-1964) : Biologiste, évolutionniste et généticien anglais. Il est considéré par plusieurs historiens des sciences comme l'un des fondateurs de la génétique des populations (avec Fisher et Wright). Professeur de Maynard Smith. Collaborateur de Smart.
HALDANE, J.B.S. (1927). Selection and mutation. Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 23, 838-844.
HALDANE, J.B.S. (1932). The causes of evolution. London : Macmillan.
HALDANE, J.B.S. (1933). The part played by recurrent mutation in evolution. American Naturalist, 67, 5-19.
HALDANE, J.B.S. (1953). Animal populations and their regulation. Penguin modern biology, 15, 9-24.
SMART, J.J.C. & HALDANE, J.B.S. (2003). Atheism and theism. Oxford : Blackwell.
Hale Sandra ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du traitement de l'information, notamment de sa vitesse.
HALE, S., MYERSON, J. & WAGSTAFF, D. (1987). General slowing of nonverbal information processing : Evidence for a power law. Journal of Gerontology, 42 (2), 131-136. [PDF]
HALE, S. (1990). A global developmental trend in cognitive processing speed. Child Development, 61, 653-663.
HALE, S., FRY, A.F. & JESSIE, K.A. (1993). Effects of practice on speedof information processingin children and adults : Age sensitivity and age invariance. Developmental Psychology, 29 (5), 880-892. [PDF]
HALE, S. & JANSEN, J. (1994). Global processing-time coefficients characterize individual and group differences in cognitive speed. Psychological Science, 5, 384-389.
HALE, S., ROSE, N., MYERSON J., STRUBE, M., SOMMERS, M., YE-MURRAY, N. & SPEHAR, B. (2011). The structure of working memory: Age invariance across the adult life span. Psychology & Aging, 26, 92–110.
Haley Jay (1923-2007) : Psychothérapeute américain et membre fondateur de l'École de Palo Alto. Collaborateur d'Erickson et Weakland.
HALEY, J. (Ed.) (1971). Changing families : A family therapy reader. New York : Grune Stratton.
HALEY, J. (1981). Reflections on therapy and other essays. Family Therapy Institute.
HALEY, J. (1981). Learning and teaching therapy. New York : Guilford Press.
HALEY, J. (1984). Ordeal therapy : unusual ways to change behavior. Jossey-Bass.
HALEY, J. (1990). Strategies of psychotherapy. New York : Triangle Press/W.W. Norton & Co.
Halford Graeme ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain et spécialiste de l'étude du raisonnement. Collaborateur de Cowan.
HALFORD, G.S. WILSON, W.H. & PHILLIPS, S. (1998). Abstraction : nature, costs, and benefits. International Journal of Educational Research, 27, 21-35.
HALFORD, G.S. WILSON, W.H. & PHILLIPS, S. (1998). Processing capacity defined by relational complexity : Implications for comparative, developmental, and cognitive psychology. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 803-865.
HALFORD, G.S. & ANDREWS, G. (2004). The development of deductive reasoning : How important is complexity ? Thinking & Reasoning, 10, 123-145.
HALFORD, G.S. COWAN, N. & ANDREWS, G. (2007). Separating cognitive capacity from knowledge : A new hypothesis. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 11, 236-242.
HALFORD, G.S. WILSON, W.H. & PHILLIPS, S. (2010). Relational knowledge : The Foundation of higher cognition. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 14, 497-505.
Hall
Calvin Springer Hall Granville Stanley Hall Vince R. Hall
Edward Twitchell Hall Judith A. Hall  
 
Hall Calvin Springer (Seattle 1909-1985 Santa Cruz) : Psychanalyste et vulgarisateur scientifique américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des rêves. Collaborateur de Lindzey.
HALL, C.S. (1947). Diagnosing personality by the analysis of dreams. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 42, 68-79.
HALL, C.S. (1951). What people dream about. Scientific American, 184, 60-63.
HALL, C.S. (1953). A cognitive theory of dream symbols. Journal of General Psychology, 48, 169-186.
HALL, C.S. (1957). L'ABC de la psychologie freudienne. Paris : Montaigne.
HALL, C.S. & LINDZEY, G. (1957). Theories of personality. New York : John Wiley & Sons.
 
LINDZEY, G. (1987). Obituary : Calvin Springer Hall (1909-1985). American Psychologist, 42 (2), 185.
Hall Edward Twitchell (Webster Groves, États-Unis 1914-) : Anthropologue américain. On lui doit le concept de proxémie et de distance sociale.
HALL, E.T. (1959/84). The silent language. Garden City, N.Y : Doubleday/Le langage silencieux. Paris : Seuil.
HALL, E.T. (1963). A system for the notation of proxemic behavior. American Anthropology new series, 57, 1003-1026.
HALL, E.T. (1968). Proxemics. Current Anthropology, 9 (2-3), 83-95.
HALL, E.T. (1971). The hidden dimension. Garden City, N.Y. : Doubleday & Co./ La dimension cachée. Paris : Seuil.
HALL, E.T. (1976/91). Beyond culture. Garden City : Anchor Press/Au-delà de la culture. Paris : Seuil.
Hall Granville Stanley (Ashfield États-Unis 1844-1924 Worcester États-Unis) : Psychologue et historien américain, chef de file du fonctionnalisme. Il a fondé le premier laboratoire de psychologie scientifique aux États-unis (Université Johns Hopkins). Il a aussi fondé la première revue scientifique en psychologie, soit l'American Journal of Psychology et le Journal of Applied Psychology (Avec Geissler et Baird). Il fut également le premier président de l'Association américaine de psychologie (1892 et de nouveau en 1924). Étudiant de James, Ludwig, Helmholtz et Wundt. Professeur de Cattel, Jatrow, Goddard, Hume, Sanford, Sumner et Terman. Collaborateur de Bowditch.
HALL, G.S. (1904). Adolescence : its psychology and its relation to physiology, anthropology, sociology, sex, crime, religion and education. New York : D. Appleton & Company.
HALL, G.S. (1906). Youth. New York : D. Appleton & Company.
HALL, G.S. (1912). Founders of modern psychology. New York : D. Appleton & Company.
HALL, G.S. (1922). Senescence : the last half of life. New York : D. Appleton & Company.
HALL, G.S. (1924). Life and confessions of a psychologist. New York : D. Appleton & Company.
 
ROSS, D. (1972). G. Stanley Hall : The psychologists as prophet. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.
DIEHL, L.A. (1986). The paradox of G. Stanley Hall : Foe of coeducation and educator of women. American Psychologist, 41, 868-878.
BROOKS-GUNN, J. & JOHNSON, A.D. (2006). G. Stanley Hall’s contribution to science, practice and policy : The child study, education and reform movements. History of Psychology, 9, 247-258.
Hall Judith A. (Waghington 1946-) : Psychosociologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des différences sexuelles, plus particulièrement des comportements non-verbaux et de la communication non-verbale. Collaboratrice de Rosenthal et Taylor.
HALL, J.A., ROSENTHAL, R., ARCHER, D., DIMMATTEO, M.R. & ROGERS, P.L. (1977). Nonverbal skills in the classroom. Theory into Practice, 16, 162-166.
HALL, J.A. (1978). Gender effects in decoding nonverbal cues. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 845-57.
HALL, J.A., HARRIGAN, J.A. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1995). Nonverbal behavior in clinician-patient interaction. Applied & Preventive Psychology, 4, 21-37.
HALL, J.A. & ROTER, D.L. (2002). Do patients talk differently to male and female physicians ? A meta-analytic review. Patient Education & Counseling, 48, 217-224.
HALL, J.A. & MATSUMOTO, D. (2004). Gender difference in judgments of multiple emotions from facial expressions. Emotion, 4 (2), 201-206.
Hall R. Vince ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisée en éducation, plus particulièrement dans l'étude de l'apprentissage et des renforcements sociaux. Collaborateur de Axelrod, Greenwood et Wolf.

HALL, R.V. & BRODEN, M. (1967). Behavior changes in brain-injured children through social reinforcement. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 5 (4), 463-479.
HALL, R.V., LUND, D. & JACKSON, D. (1968). Effects of teacher attention on study behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 1-12. [PDF]
HALL, R.V., PANYAN, M., RABON, D. & BRODEN, M. (1968). Instructing beginning teachers in reinforcement procedures that improve classroom control. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (4), 315-322. [PDF]
HALL, R.V., CRISTLER, C., CRANSTON, S.S. & TUCKER, B. (1970). Teachers and parents as reaserchers using multiple baseline designs. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 3 (4), 247-255. [PDF]
HALL, R.V., FOX, R., WILLARD, D., GOLDSMITH, L. EMERSON, M., OWEN, M., DAVIS, F. & PORCIA, E. (1971). The teacher as observer and experimenter in the modification of disputing and talking-out behaviors.Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 4 (2), 141-149. [PDF]
Halliwell Wayne R. : Psychosociologue québécois, spécialisé en motivation, notamment dans le sport. Il enseigne à l'Université de Montréal. Collaborateur de Vallerand.
VALLERAND, R.J. & HALLIWELL, W.R. (1983). Vers une méthodologie de validation trans-culturelle de questionnaires psychologiques : Implications pour la psychologie du sport. Journal Canadien des Sciences Appliquées au Sport, 8, 9-18. [PDF]
VALLERAND, R.J. & HALLIWELL, W.R. (1983). Formulations théoriques contemporaines en motivation intrinsèque : Revue et critique. Psychologie Canadienne, 24, 243-256. [PDF]
VALLERAND, R.J., GAUVIN, L.I. & HALLIWELL, W.R. (1986). Effects of zero-sum competition on children's intrinsic motivation and perceived competence. Journal of Social Psychology, 126, 465-472. [PDF]
VALLERAND, R.J., GAUVIN, L.I. & HALLIWELL, W.R (1986). Negative effects of competition on children's intrinsic motivation. Journal of Social Psychology, 126, 649-657. [PDF]
TROTTIER, C., TRUDEL, P., MAGEAU, G. & HALLIWELL, W.R (2008). Validation de la version canadienne-française du Life Orientation Test-Revised. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 40 (4), 238-243. [PDF]
Halloween : Halloween

  TOBACYK, J.J. (1982). Halloween and paranormal belief. Psychological Reports, 50 (3), 1006.
Hallucination : Déformation de la perception spatiotemporelle. EX: Si, en regardant cette page sur votre écran, vous voyez le premier ministre de notre beau grand pays en train d'écrire un discours, vous souffrez d'une hallucination visuelle; et si vous l'entendez un jour dire que les banques font trop d'argent, vous êtes, sans nul doute, victime d'une hallucination auditive.

Types d'hallucination
Hallucination sonore Hallucination visuelle Hallucination xénopathique
 
Hallucination sonore : Symptômes de la schizophrénie ou de certains traumatismes cérébraux. Il s'agit d'une déformation de la perception qui se traduit par des bruits ou des voix qui n'existent pas ou qui correspond pas à la réalité (aucun stimulus), mais que l'on tient pour réels et vrais. = entendre des voix, hallucination auditive, hallucination verbale. Hearing voice, auditory hallucination, psychotic hallucination.

  GOULD, L. (1950). Verbal hallucinations as automatic speech : There activation of dormant speech habit. American Journal of Psychiatry, 107, 110-119. AARTS, H. & DIJKSTERHUIS, A. (2000) Habits as knowledge structures : automaticity in goal-directed behavior. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 78,53-56.
BARBER, T.X. & CALVERLEY, D.S. (1964). An experimental study of "hypnotic" (auditory and visual) hallucinations. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 63, 13-20. CHADWICK, P.D.J., SAMBROOKE, S., RASCH, S. & DAVIES, E. (2000). Challenging the omnipotence of voices : Group cognitive therapy for voices. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 38, 993-1003.
McGUIGAN, F. (1966). Covert oral behavior and auditory hallucinations. Psychophysiology, 3, 73-80. BIRCHWOOD, M.J., MEADEN, A., TROWER, P., GILBERT, P. & PLAISTOW, J. (2000). The power and omnipotence of voices : Subordination and entrapment by voices and significant others. Psychological Medicine, 30, 337-344.
ERICKSON, G. & GUSTAFSON, G. (1968). Controlling auditory hallucinations. Hospital & Community Psychiatry, 19 (10). 327-329.  
WEINGAERTNER, A. (1971). Self-administered aversive stimulation with hallucinating hospitalized schizo- phrenics. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 36, 422-429.  
SLADE, P. (1972). The effects of systematic desensitization on auditory hallucinations. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 10, 85-91.  
HAYNES, S. & GEDDY, P. (1973). Suppression of psychotic hallucinations through time-out. Behavior Therapy, 4, 123-127.  
MOSER, A. (1974). Covert punishment of hallucinatory behavior in a psychotic male. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 5, 297-299.  
ALFORD, G. & TURNER, S. (1976). Stimulus interference and conditioned inhibition of auditory hallucinations. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimenal Psychiatry, 7, 155-160. FREEMAN, D. & GARETY, P.A. (2003). Connecting neurosis and psychosis : The direct influence of emotion on delusions and hallucinations. Behavior Research & Therapy, 41, 923-497. [PDF]
TURNER, S., HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A. (1977). Effects of social disruption, stimulus interference, and aversive conditioning on auditory hallucinations. Behavior Modification, 1, 249-258. WATERS, F.A., BADCOCK, J.C., MAYBERY, M.T. & MICHIE, P.T. (2003). Inhibition in schizophrenia : association with auditory hallucinations. Schizophrenia Research, 62, 275-280.
FALLOON, I. & TALBOT, R. (1981). Persistent auditory hallucinations : Coping mechanisms and implications for management. Psychological Medicine, 11, 329-339.  
BURNS, C.E.S., HEIBY, E.M. & THARP, R.G. (1983). A verbal behavior analysis of auditory hallucinations. The Behavior Anayist, 6 (2), 133-143. [PDF] GARCELÀN-PERONA, S. (2004). A psychological model for verbal auditory hallucinations. International Journal of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 4 (1), 129-153. [PDF]
BENTALL, R.P. & SLADE, P.D. (1985). Reality testing and auditory hallucinations : a signal detection analysis. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 24, 159-169.  
RAMANATHAN, A. (1986). An exploratory story on the relation between neuroticism and certain aspects of auditory hallucinations in schizophrenics. Indian Journal of Psychiatry, 28, 69-72.  
YOUNG, H.F., BENTALL, R.P., SLADE, P.D. & DEWEY, M.E. (1986). Disposition towards hallucination, gender and IQ scores. Personality & Individual Differences, 7, 247-249  
ROMME, M.A. & ESCHER, S. (1989). Hearing voices. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 15, 209-216. JONES, S.R. & FERNYHOUGH, C. (2007). Neural correlates of inner speech and auditory verbal hallucinations : A critical review and theoretical integration. Clinical Psychology Review, 27, 140-154.
BENJAMIN, L.S. (1989). Is Chronicity a function of the relationship between the person and the auditory hallucinations ? Schizophrenia Bulletin, 15, 291-309. BRÉBION, G., DAVID A.S., BRESSAN, R.A., OHLSEN, R.I. & PILOWSKY, L.S. (2009). Hallucinations and two types of free-recall intrusion in schizophrenia. Psychological Medicine. 39, 917-926.
BENTALL, R.P., BAKER, G. & HAVERS, S. (1991). Reality monitoring and psychotic hallucinations. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 30, 213-222.  
CHADWICK, P.D.J. & BIRCHWOOD, M.J. (1994). The omnipotenceof voices : A cognitive approach to hallucinations. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 190-201. [PDF] HUGDAHL, K., LOBERG, E.M. & NYGARD, M. (2009). Left temporal lobe structural and functional abnormality underlying auditory hallucinations in schizophrenia. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 3, 34-45.
CHADWICK, P.D.J., BIRCHWOOD, M.J. & TROWER, P. (1996). Cognitive therapy for delusions, voices and paranoia. Chichester, UK : Wiley. HUGDAHL, K. (2009). "Hearing voices" : Auditory hallucinations as failure of top-down control of bottom-up perceptual processes. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 50, 553-560.
 WAGNER, P.S. (1996). First person account : a voice from another closet. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 22, 399-401. CHADWICK, P.D.J., HUGHES, S., RUSSELL, D., RUSSELL, I. & DAGNA, D. (2009). Mindfulness groups for distressing voices and paranoia : a replication and feasibility trial. Behavioural & Cognitive Psychotherapy, 37, 403-412.
 BAKER, C. & MORRISON, A.P. (1998). Metacognition, intrusive thoughts and auditory hallucinations. Psychological Medicine, 28, 1199-1208. SOMMER, A. (2011). Professional heresy : Edmund Gurney (1847-1888) and the study of hallucinations and hypnotism. Medical History, 55, 383-388.
READ, J. & ARGYLE, N. (1999). Hallucinations, delusions, and thought disorder among adult psychiatric inpatients with a history of child abuse. Psychiatric Services, 50, 1467-1472. [PDF] WATERS, F.A., ALLEN, P., ALEMAN, A., FERNYHOUGH, C., WOODWARD, T.S., BADCOCK, J.C., BARKUS, E., JOHNS, L. VARESE, F., MENON, M., VERCAMMEN, A. & LAROI, F. (2012). Auditory hallucinations in schizophrenia and nonschizophrenia populations : A review and integrated model of cognitive mechanisms. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 38 (4), 683-692. [PDF]
Voir aussi Personnalité paranoïaque, Schizophrènie et Délire
 
Hallucination visuelle : Déformation de la perception qui se traduit par une image ou une vision qui n'existe pas ou qu ne correspond pas à la réalité, mais que l'on tient pour réelles et vraies. L'hallucination visuelle est un symptôme de plusieurs maladies, notamment la schizophrénie et la démence. Hallucination.

  BAILLARGER, J. (1846). Des hallucinations. Paris. BENTALL, R.P. (1990). The illusion of reality : A review and integration of psychological research on hallucination. Psychological Bulletin, 107, 82-95.
SCRIPTURE, E.W. & SEASHORE, C.E. (1893). On the measurement of hallucinations. Science, 22, 353. LANTÉRI-LAURA, G. (1991). Les hallucinations. Paris : Masson.
BION, W.R. (1958/83). L'hallucination. Réflexion faite. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. TIEN, A.Y. (1991). Distributions of hallucinations in the population. Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 26,287-292.
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1963). Direct measurement and functional definition of vocal hallucinatory symptoms. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 136, 3, 293-297. LAGACHE, D. (1997). Les oeuvres 1 ; Les hallucinations verbales. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
MOTT, R.H., SMALL, I.F. & JANDERSON, J.M. (1965). Comparative study of hallucinations. Archives of General Psychiatry, 12 (6), 595-601. READ, J. & ARGYLE, N. (1999). Hallucinations, delusions, and thought disorder among adult psychiatric inpatients with a history of child abuse. Psychiatric Services, 50, 1467-1472. [PDF]
ALLEN, T.E. & ARGUS, B. (1968). Hyperventilation leading to hallucinations. American Journal of Psychiatry, 125, 632-637. KOCHMAN F. & PARQUET, P.J. (1999). Dépression et phénomènes hallucinatoires et/ou délirants chez l’enfant et l’adolescent. Revue Française de Psychiatrie et de Psychologie Médicale, 26, 31-34.
BALDWIN, M. (Ed.) (1970). Neurological syndromes and hallucinations. New York : Plenum. LAGACHE, D. et ROSENBLUM, E. (2001). Les hallucinations verbales et travaux cliniques (1932-1946). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
GIBSON, J.J. (1970). On the relation between hallucination and perception. Leonardo, 3, 425-427. FREEMAN, D. & GARETY, P.A. (2003). Connecting neurosis and psychosis : The direct influence of emotion on delusions and hallucinations. Behavior Research & Therapy, 41, 923-497.
GUILLEMINAULT, C. (1972). Sommeil, hallucination et modele experimentale. Revue de Neuropsychiatrie Infantile, 20, 849-855. THOMAS, P., BRACKEN, P. & LEUDAR, I. (2004). Hearing voices : a phenomenological-hermeneutic approach. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 9, 13-23.
EGDELL, H.G. & KOLVIN, I. (1972). Childhood hallucinations. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiary, 13, 279-287. CHRISTAKI, A. (2005). Une approche métapsychologique de l'hallucination. Perspectives Psychiatriques, 44 (2), 151-155.
SIEGAL, R.K. (1977). Hallucinations. Scientific American, 237, 132-140. WOODWARD, T.S., MENON, M. & WHITMAN, J.C. (2007). Source monitoring biases and auditory hallucinations. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 12 (6), 477-494.
ZIGLER, E. & LEVINE, J. (1983). Hallucinations vs. delusions : A developmental approach. Journal of Nervous & Mental Dissease, 171, 141-146. FYTCH, D. (2008). The hodology of hallucinations. Cortex, 44 (8), 1067-1083.
LAYNG, T.V.J. & ANDRONIS, P.T. (1984). Toward a functional analysis of delusional speech and hallucinatory behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 7 (2), 139-156. [PDF] CHEYNE, J.A. & GIRARD, T.A. (2009). The body unbound : Vestibular-motor hallucinations and out-of-body experiences. Cortex, 45, 201-215. [PDF]
GARRALDA, M.E. (1984). Psychotic children with hallucinations. British Journal of Psychiatry, 145 (722), 74-77. HUGDAHL, K., LOBERG, E.M. & NYGARD, M. (2009). Left temporal lobe structural and functional abnormality underlying auditory hallucinations in schizophrenia. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 3, 34-45. [PDF]
BENTALL, R.P. & SLADE, P.D. (1988). Sensory deception : A scientific analysis of hallucination. Johns Hopkins University Press. FERNYHOUGH, C. & WATERS, F. (2014). Special supplement introduction : Hallucinations. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 40, 195-197. [PDF]
Voir aussi Perception
Hallucination xénopathique : Chez les schizophrènes, hallucinations auditives qui prennent la forme de voix «extérieures et étrangères à soi» auxquelles les sujets parviennent difficilement à échapper.

  BREMAUD, N. (2003). Le schizophrène et la voix. Information Psychiatrique, 79 (9), 789-795.
CHRISTAKI, A. (2005). Une approche métapsychologique de l'hallucination. Perspectives Psychiatriques, 44 (2), 151-155
BANOVIC, I., GILIBERT, D., GIMENEZ, G. et JEBRANE, A. (2009). Mise en scène et origine perçue des voix hallucinées dans des discours de patients schizophrènes. Annales Médico-psychologiques, 167 (10), 736-744.
SHAWYER, F., FARHALL, J., MACKINNON A., TRAUER, T., SIMS, E., RATCLIFF, K., LARNER, C., THOMAS, N., CASTLE, D., MULLEN, P. & COPOLOV, D. (2012). A randomised controlled trial of acceptance-based cognitive behavioural therapy for command hallucinations in psychotic disorders. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 50, 110-121.
Voir aussi Schizophrène
Hallucinogène : Famille de drogues naturelles et synthétiques qui altèrent la conscience en déformant la perception spatiotemporelle (hallucination) et les processus de pensée. = drogue psychédélique. ( ): Voir tableau ci-bas. Hallucinogen.

Hallucinogènes
LSD Marijuana Mescaline
 

  JACOBS, B.L. (1987). How hallucinogenic drugs work. American Scientist, 75, 386-392.
ABRAHAM, H.D., ALDRIDGE, A.M. & GOGIA, P. (1996). The psychopharmacology of hallucinogens. Neuropsychopharmacology, 14, 285-298. [PDF]
APPEL, J.B. (2005). LSD : The prototype hallucinogen. In R. Wright & J.M. Miller (Eds.), Enclyclopedia of criminology (Vol 2, pp. 944-948). New York : Routeledge.
Haloperidol : Neuroleptique typique. Haloperidol.

  SOLOFF, P.H., GEORGE, A. & NATHAN, R. S. (1986). Progress in pharmacotherapy of borderline disorders : a double-blind study of amitriptyline, haloperidol and placebo. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43, 691-697.
SOLOFF, P.H., CORNELIUS, J. & ANSELM, G. (1993). Efficacy of phenelzine and haloperidol in borderline personality disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 377-385.
HARPER, D.N. (1999). Behavioral resistance to haloperidol and clozapine. Behavioural Processes, 46, 1-13.
YEN,Y.-C., LUNG, F.-W. & CHONG, M.-Y. (2004). Adverse effects of risperidone and haloperidol treatment in schizophrenia. Progress in Neuro- Psychopharrnacology & Biological Psychiatry, 28, 285-290.
DORPH-PETERSEN, K.A. (2005). The influence of chronic exposure to antipsychotic medications on brain size before and after tissue fixation. Neuropsychopharmaology, 30, 1649-1661. [PDF]
Halpern Diane F. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine. Elle a étudié les différences sexuelles sur le plan cognitif. Présidente de l'APA en 2004. Collaboratrice de Aronson, Benbow, Bouchard, Ceci, Cheung, Geary, Gernsbacher, Gur, Hyde, Loehlin, Neisser, Nisbett, Perloff, Roediger, Sternberg et Urbina.
HALPERN, D.F. (1989). The disappearance of cognitive gender differences : what you see depends on where you look. American Psychologist, 44, 1156-1158.
HALPERN, D.F. & LAMAY, M. (2000). The smarter sex : A critical review of sex differences in intelligence. Educational Psychology Review, 12 (2), 229-246. [PDF]
HALPERN, D. (2000). HALPERN, D.F. (2004). A cognitive-process taxonomy for sex differences in cognitive abilities. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13 (4), 135-139. [PDF]
HALPERN, D., BENBOW, C., GEARY, D.C., GUR, R., HYDE, J.S. & GERNSBACHER, M.A. (2007). The science of sex differences in science and mathematics. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 8, 1-52.
HALPERN, D.F. ELIOT, L., BIGLER, R.S., FABES, R.A., HANISH, L.D., HYDE, J.S., LIBEN, L.S. & MARTIN, C.L. (2011). The pseudoscience of single-sex schooling. Science, 333, 1706-1707. [PDF]
Halverson H.M. ( ) : Spécialiste dans l'étude des habiletés motrices, notamment la préhension et la succion.
HALVERSON, H.M. (1931). An experimental study of prehension in infants by means of systematic cinema records. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 10, 107-283.
HALVERSON, H.M. (1932). A further study of grasping. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 7, 34-63.
HALVERSON, H.M. (1933). The acquisition of skill in infancy. The Pedagogical Seminary & Journal of Genetic Psychology, 43 (1), 3-48.
HALVERSON, H.M. (1937). Studies of grasping responses of early infancy : I, 11,111. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 51, 371-449.
HALVERSON, H.M. (1938). Infant sucking and tensional behavior. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 53 (2), 365-430.
Ham (1956-1983) : Chimpanzé dressé et étudié par Brady dans le cadre du programme spatial américain (Mercury).
   
 
Hambleton Ronald K. (Hamilton 1943-) : Mathématicien, statisticien et spécialiste canadien de l'éducation, plus particulièrement de la théorie de la réponse.
HAMBLETON, R.K. (1983). Application of item response models to criterion-referenced assessment. Applied Psychological Measurement, 7, 33-44.
HAMBLETON, R.K. (1986). The changing conception of measurement : A commentary. Applied Psychological Measurement, 10, 415-421.
HAMBLETON, R.K. (1987). Computerized adaptive testing : Theory, applications, and standards. Bulletin of the International Test Commission, 14, 5-18.
HAMBLETON, R.K. & JONES, W. (1993). Comparison of classical test theory and item response. Educational Measurement : Issues & Practice, 12 (3), 38-47.
HAMBLETON, R.K. & JIRKA, S. (2004). How to do your best on standardized tests : Some suggestions for adult learners. Adventures in Assessment, 16, 5-12.
Hamer Dean H. (1951-) : Biologiste et généticien américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des déterminants bio-génétiques (notamment le gène Xq28) de l'orientation sexuelle.
HAMER, D.H., HU, S., MAGNUSON, V.L., HU, N. & PATTATUCHI, A.M.L. (1993). A linkage between DNA markers on the X chromosome and male sexual orientation. Science, 261 (5119), 320-326. [PDF]
LEVAY, S. & HAMER, D.H. (1994). Evidence for a biological influence in male homosexuality. Scienfic American, 270, 20-25.
PATTATUCHI. A.M.L. & HAMER, D.H. (1994). Development and familiality of sexual orientation in females. Behavior Genetics, 25, 407-420.
HU. S, PATTATUCHI. A.M.L., PATTERSON, C, LI, L., FULKER, D.W., CHERNY, S.S., KRUGLYAK, L. & HAMER, D.H. (1994). Linkage between sexual orientation and chromosome Xq28 in males but not in females. Nature Genetics, 11, 248-256.
HAMER, D. & COPELAND, P. (1999). Living with our genes. New York : Doubleday.
Hamilton
Gilbert Van Tassel Hamilton Max Hamilton William D. Hamilton
 
Hamilton Gilbert Van Tassel ( ) : Psychologue américain, spécialisé en psychopathologie.
FRANZ, S.I. & HAMILTON, G.V. (1905). The effects of exercise upon the retardation in conditions of depression. American Journal of Insanity, 62, 239-256.
HAMILTON, G.V. (1906). Stereoscopic vision and the difference of retinal images. Harvard Psychological Studies, 2, 43-55.
HAMILTON, G.V. (1907). An experimental study of an unusual type of reaction in a dog. Journal of Comparative Neurology & Psychology, 17 (4), 329-341.
HAMILTON, G.V. (1911). A study of trial and error reactions in mammals. Journal of Animal Behavior, 1, 33-66.
HAMILTON, G.V. (1925). An introduction to objective psychopathology. St. Louis : The C.V. Mosby Company.
Hamilton Max (1912-1988) : Psychiatre anglais d'origine allemande. Il est l'inventeur d'une échelle d'évaluation de la dépression encore utilisée de nos jours (Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression). Étudiant de Burt et Lewis.
HAMILTON, M. (1959). The assessment of anxiety states by rating. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 32, 50–55.
HAMILTON, M. (1960). A rating scale for depression. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 23, 56-62. [PDF]
HAMILTON, M. (1966). Assessment of change in psychiatric state by means of rating scales. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Medicine, 59 (S1), 10-13.
HAMILTON, M. (1967). Development of a rating scale for primary depressive illness. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 6, 278-296.
HAMILTON, M. (1980). Rating depressive patients. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 41, 21-24.
 
BAILEY, J. & COPPEN, A. (1976). A comparison between the Hamilton Rating Scale and the Beck Inventory in the measurement of depression. British Journal of Psychiatry, 128, 486-469.
HEDLUND, J.L. & VIEWIG, B.W. (1979). The Hamilton rating scale for depression : a comprehensive review. Journal of Operational Psychiatry, 10, 149-165.
BECH, P., ALLERUP, P., GRAM L.F., REISBY, N., ROSENBERG, R., JACONSEN, O. & NAGY, A. (1981). The Hamilton depression scale. Evaluation of objectivity using logistic models. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 63, 290-299.
BAGBY, R.M., RYDER, A.G., SCHULLER, D.R. & MARSHAL, M.B. (2004). The Hamilton depression rating scale : has the gold standard become a lead weight ? American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 2163-2177.
BECH, P. (2009). Fifty years with the Hamilton scales for anxiety and depression. A tribute to Max Hamilton. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 78, 202-211.
Hamilton William D. (1936-2000) : Biologiste et évolutionniste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'altruisme. et de la sélection de parentèle. Collaborateur d'Axelrod.
HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The evolution of altruistic behavior. The American Naturalist, 97, 354-6.
HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The genetical evolution of social behaviour I. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7, 1-52. [PDF]
HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The genetical evolution of social behaviour II. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7, 17-52. [PDF]
HAMILTON, W.D. (1967). Extraordinary sex ratios. Science, 156, 477-488.
HAMILTON, W.D. (1972). Altruism and related phenomena, mainly in social insects. Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution & Systematics, 3, 193-232.
 
NEE, S. (1989). Does Hamilton’s rule describe the evolution of reciprocal altruism ? Journal of Theoretical Biology, 141, 81–91.
WEST, S.A., MURRAY, M.G., MACHADO, C.A., GRIFFIN, A.S. & HERRE, E.A. (2001). Testing Hamilton’s rule with competition between relatives. Nature, 409, 510–513.
Hamner Mark B. ( ) : Psychiatre américain, spécialisé dans le traitement du syndrome post-traumatique, notamment chez les vétérans de guerre. Collaborateur de Frueh.
HAMNER, M.B. FOSSEY, M.D. (1993). Psychotic symptoms associated with posttraumatic stress disorder. Neuropsychopharmacology, 9 (S), 121-122.
HAMNER, M.B. (1996). Clozapine treatment for a veteran with comorbid psychosis and PTSD. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 841.
HAMNER, M.B. (1997). Psychotic features and combat-associated PTSD. Depression Anxiety, 5,34-38.
HAMNER, M.B., FRUEH, C., ULMER, H.G. & ARANA, G.W. (1999). Psychotic features and illness severity in combat veterans with chronic posttraumatic stress disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 45, 846-852. [PDF]
HAMNER, M.B. (2011). Psychotic symptoms in posttraumatic stress disorder. Focus, 9 (3), 278-285. [PDF]
Hampes Williams P. ( ) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'humour.
HAMPES, W.P. (1993). Relation between humor and generativity. Psychological Reports, 73, 131-136.
HAMPES, W.H. (1999). The relationship between humor and trust. Humor : International Journal of Humor Research, 12, 253-260.
HAMPES, W.H. (2005). Correlations between humor styles and loneliness. Psychological Reports, 96, 747-750. [PDF]
HAMPES, W.H. (2006). Humor and shyness : The relation between humor styles and shyness. Humor - International Journal of Humor Research, 19 (2), 179-187.
HAMPES, W.H. (2010). The relation between humor styles and empathy. Europe's Journal of Psychology, 6 (3), 34-45. [PDF] + [PDF]
Hamster : Animal de la famille des rongeurs. Hamster.

  ROWELL, T.E. (1961). The family group in golden hamsters : its formationand breakup. Behaviour, 17, 81-94.
 SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1978). Reinforcement and the organization of behavior in golden hamsters : Punishment of three action patterns. Learning & Motivation, 9, 99-123.
 SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1978). Reinforcement and the organization of behavior in golden hamsters : Pavlovian conditioning with food and shock USs. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 4, 152-169.
 SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1978). Reinforcement and the organization of behaviour in golden hamsters : Sunflower seed and nest paper reinforcers. Animal Learning & Behaviour, 6, 352-362.
VAUCLAIR, J. (1980). Étude ontogénétique de l'exploration chez le Hamster doré. Behaviour, 73, 205-218. [PDF]
TONNEAU, F., ORTIZ, R. & CABRERA, F. (2012). Hamsters' (Mesocricetus auratus) memory in a radial maze analog : the role of spatial versus olfactory cues. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 126 (1), 82-86. [PDF]
Voir aussi Animal
Hanche : Voir Rapport taille-hanche.
Handball : Sport. Handball.
  MIRJAMALI, E., RAMZANINEZHAD, R., RAHMANINIA, F. & REIHANI, M. (2012). A study of sources of stress in International and National Referees of soccer, volleyball, basketball and handball in Iran. World Journal of Sport Sciences, 6 (4), 347-354. [PDF]
 
Voir aussi Équipe et Sport
Handicap
Handicap mental Handicap physique Auto-handicap social
 
Handicap mental : Voir Déficience intellectuelle. Retarded children, mental retardation.
Handicap physique : *déficience intellectuelle. Physical disabilities.

  COMER, R.J. & PILIAVIN, J.A. (1975). As others see us : attitudes of physically handicapped and normal to own and other groups. Rehabilitation Literature, 36 (7), 206-221, 225.
SNYDER, M.L., KLECK, R.E., STRENTA, A. & MENTZER, S.J. (1979). Avoidance of the handicapped : An attributional ambiguity analysis. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 37, 2297-2306.
THOMPSON, T.L. (1982). Gaze toward and avoidance of the physically handicapped : A field experiment. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 6, 188-196.
SIGELMAN, C.K., ADAMS, R.M., MEEKS, S.R. & PURCELL, M.A. (1986). Children’s nonverbal responses to a physically disabled person. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 10, 173-186.
PARK, J.H., FAULKNER, L. & SCHALLER, M. (2003). Evolved disease-avoidance processes and contemporary anti-social behavior : prejudicial attitudes and avoidance of people with physical disabilities. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 27 (2), 65-87. [PDF]
MARISSAL, J.-P. (2009). Les conceptions du handicap : du modèle médical au modèle social et réciproquement. Revue d’Éthique et de Théologie Morale, 256, 19-28.
Voir aussi Développement moteur
Handicap social (Auto...) : Stratégie individuelle qui consiste à créer délibérément des obstacles à l'atteinte des ses propres objectifs afin de diminuer les attentes en cas d'échec et ainsi préserver son estime de soi. Self-handicapping.

  JONES, E.E. & BERGLAS, S. (1978). Control of attributions about the self through self-handicapping strategies : The appeal of alcohol and the role of underachievement. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 200-206.  
BERGLAS, S. & JONES, E.E. (1978). Drug choice as a self-handicapping strategy in response to non-contingent structures. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 405-417. URDAN, T. & MIDGLEY, C. (2001). Academic self-handicapping : What we know, what more there is to learn. Educational Psychology Review, 13, 115-138.
 TUCKER, J.A., VUCHINICH, R.E. & SOBELL, M.B. (1981).Alcohol consumption as a self-handicapping Strategy. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 90 (3), 220-230.  THOMPSON, T. & RICHARDSON, A. (2001). Self-handicapping status, claimed self-handicaps and reduced practice effort following success and failure feedback. The British Journal of Educational Psychology, 71, 151-170.
 SNYDER, C.R. & SMITH, T.W. (1982). Symptoms as self-handicapping strategies : The virtues of old wine in a new bottle. In G. Weary & H.L. Mirels (Eds.), Integrations of clinical and social psychology (pp. 104-127). New York : Oxford University Press.  MARTIN, A.J., MARSH, H.W. & DEBUS, R.L. (2001). A quadripolar need achievement representation of self-handicapping and defensive pessimism. American Educational Research Journal, 38, 583-610.
JONES, E.E. & RHODEWALT, F. (1982). The Self-Handicapping Scale. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University. OMMUNDSEN, Y (2001). Self-handicapping strategies in physical education classes : The influence of implicit theories of the nature of ability and achievement goal orientations. Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 2 (3), 139-156.
 KOLDITZ, T. & ARKIN, R.M. (1982). An impression management interpretation of the self-handicapping phenomenon. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 43, 492-502.  MIDGLEY, C. & URDAN, T. (2001). Academic self-handicapping and achievement goals: A further examination. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 26, 61-75. [PDF]
 SMITH, T.W., SNYDER, C.R. & HANDELSMAN, M.M. (1982). On the self-serving function of an academic wooden leg: Test-anxiety as a self-handicapping strategy. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 42, 314-321.  MARTIN, A.J., MARSH, H.W. & DEBUS, R.L. (2001). Self-handicapping and defensive pessimism : Exploring a model of predictors and outcomes from a self-protection perspective. Journal of Educational Psychology, 93, 87-102.
 SMITH, T.W., SNYDER, C.R. & PERKINS, S.C. (1983). The self-serving function of hypochondriacal complaints: Physical symptoms as self- handicapping strategies. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 44, 787-797.  McCREA, S.M. & HIRT, E.R. (2001). The role of ability judgments in self-handicapping. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1378-1389.
 RHODEWALT, F., SALTZMAN, A.T. & WITTMENT, J. (1984). Self-handicapping among competitive athletes: The role of practice in self-esteem protection. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 5 (3), 197-209.  RYKA, T.A. (2002). Effects of situational self-handicapping and state self-confidence on the physical performance of young participants. The Psychological Record, 52, 461-478.
 SNYDER, C.R., SMITH, T.W., AUGELLI, R.W. & INGRAM, R.E. (1985). On the self-serving function of social anxiety : Shyness as a self-handicapping strategy. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 48 (4), 970-980.  MARTIN, K.A. & BRAWLEY, L.R. (2002). Self-handicapping in physical achievement settings : The contributions of self-esteem and self-efficacy. Self & Identity, 1, 337-351.
 DEGREE, C.E. & SNYDER, C.R (1985). Adler's Psychology (of use) today : Personal history of traumatic life events as a self-handicapping strategy. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 48 (6), 1512-1519.  
 ARKIN, R.M. & BAUMGARDNER, A.H. (1985). Self-handicapping. In J.H. Harvey & G.W. Weary (Eds.), Attribution: Basic issues and applications (pp. 169-202). Orlando, FL: Academic Press.  RHODEWALT, F. & TRAGAKIS, M. (2002). Self-handicapping and the social self : The costs and rewards of interpersonal self-construction. In J. Forgas & K. Williams (Eds.), The social self : Cognitive, interpersonal, and intergroup perspectives (pp. 121-143). Philadelphia, PA : Psychology Press.
GREENBERG, J. (1985). Unattainable goal choice as a self-handicapping strategy. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 15, 140-152.  
 BAUMGARDNER, A.H. LAKE, E.A. & ARKIN, R.M. (1985). Claiming mood as a self-handicap : The influence of spoiled and unspoiled public identities. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 349-357.  ELLIOT, A.J. & CHURCH, M.A. (2003). A motivational analysis of defensive pessimism and self-handicapping. Journal of Personality, 71, 369-396.
STRUBE, M.J. (1986). An analysis of the Self-Handicapping Scale. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 7, 211-224.  MARTIN, A.J., MARSH, H.W. & DEBUS, R.L. (2003). Self-handicapping and defensive pessimism : A model of self-protection from a longitudinal perspective. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 28, 1-36.
LEARY, M.R. & SHEPPERD, J.A. (1986). Behavioral self-handicaps versus self-reported self-handicaps : A conceptual note. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 51, 1265-1268.  URDAN, T. (2004). Predictors of academic self-handicapping and achievement : Examining achievement goals, classroom goal structures, and culture. Journal of Educational Psychology, 96, 251-264.
 RHODEWALT, F. & DAVISON, J. (1986). Self-handicapping and subsequent performance: The role of outcome valence and attributional ambiguity. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 7, 307-322. KUCKA, K.K. & TRESASURE, D.C. (2005). Self-handicapping in competitive sport : Influence of the motivational climate, self-efficacy, and perceived importance. Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 6, 539-550.
 HARRIS, R.N. & SNYDER, C.R. (1986). The role of uncertain self-esteem in self-handicapping. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 51, 451-458.  PULFORD, B.D., JOHNSON, A. & AWAIDA, M. (2005). A cross-cultural study of predictors of self-handicapping in university students. Personality & Individual Differences 39, 727-737. [PDF]
SCHOUTEN, P.G. & HANDELSMANM, M.M. (1987). Social basis of self-handicapping : The case of depression. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 13, 103-110.  ZUCKERMAN, M. & TSAI, F.F. (2005). Costs of self-handicapping. Journal of Personality, 73, 411-442.
 HIGGINS, R.L. & HARRIS, R.N. (1988). Strategic alcohol use : Drinking to self-handicap. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 6, 191-202.  SALOMON, J.F., FAMOSE, J.-P. & CURY, F. (2005). Les stratégies d'auto-handicap dans le domaine des pratiques motrices: valeur prédictive de l'estime de soi et des buts d'accomplissement. Bulletin de Psychologie, 475 (1), 47-55. [PDF]
DALE, P.S., & COLE, K.N. (1988). Comparison of aca- demic and cognitive programs for young handicapped children. Exceptional Children, 54, 439–447.  
SHEPPERD, J.A. & ARKIN, R.M. (1988). Determinants of self-handicapping : Task importance and the effects of preexisting handicaps on self-generated handicaps. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 15, 101-112. [PDF]  ELLIOT, A. J., CURY, F., FRYER, J.W. & HUGUET, P. (2006). Achievement goals, self-handicapping, and performance attainment : A mediational analysis. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 28, 344-361.
SHEPPERD, J.A. & ARKIN, R.M. (1989). Self-handicapping: The mediating roles of public self-consciousness and task importance. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 15, 252-265.  WANT, J. & KLEITMAN, S. (2006). Imposter phenomenon and self-handicapping : Links with parenting styles and self-confidence. Personality & Individual Differences, 40, 961-971.
TICE, D.M. & BAUMEISTER, R.F. (1990). Self-esteem, self-handicapping, and self-presentation : the strategy of inadequate practice. Journal of personality, 58, 443-464.  RHODEWALT, F., TRAGAKIS, M. & FINNERTY, J. (2006). Narcissism and self-handicapping : Linking self-aggrandizement to behavior. Journal of Research in Personality, 40, 573-597.
 HIGGINS, R.L., SNYDER, C.R. & BERGLAS, S. (1990). Self-handicapping : The paradox that isn't. New York: Plenum.  LEONDARI, A. & GONIDA, E. (2007). Predicting academic self- handicapping in different age groups : The role of personal achievement goals and social goals. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 77, 595-611.
 RHODEWALT, F. (1990). Self-handicappes : Individual differences in the preference for anticipatory self-protective acts. In R.L. Higgins, C.R. Snyder & S. Berglas (Eds.), Self-handicapping: The paradox that isn't (pp. 69-106). New York : Plenum Press.  KEARNS, H., FORBES, S.A. & GARDINER, M. (2007). A cognitive behavioural coaching intervention for the treatment of perfectionism and self-handicapping in a nonclinical population. Behaviour Change, 24, 157-172.
TICE, D.M. (1991). Esteem protection or enhancement ? Self-handicapping motives and attributions differ by trait self-esteem. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 60, 711-725.  COUDEVYLLE, G.R., MIGINIS-MARTIN, K.A. & FAMOSE, J.-P. (2008). Determinants of self- handicapping strategies in sport and their effects on athletic performance. Social Behavior & Personality, 36 (3), 391-398. [PDF]
 RHODEWALT, F., MORF, C., HAZLETT, S. & FAIRFIELD, M. (1991). Self-handicapping : The role of discounting and augmentation in the preservation of self-esteem. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 61, 121-131.  CHEN, L.H., CHEN, M.Y., LIN, M.S., KEE, Y.H., KUO, C.F. & SHUI, S.H. (2008). Implicit theory of athletic ability and self-handicapping in college students. Psychological Reports 103, 476-484.
HIRT, E.R., DEPPE, R.K. & GORDON, L.J. (1991). Self-reported versus behavioral self-handicapping: Empirical evidence for a theoretical distinction. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 61, 981-991.  HIRT, E.R. & McCREA, S.M. (2009). Man smart, woman smarter ? Getting to the root of gender differences in self-handicapping. Social & Personality Psychology Compass, 3, 260-274.
 MURRAY, C.B. & WARDEN, M.R. (1992). Implications of self-handicapping strategies for academic achievement : A reconceptualization. The Journal of Social Psychology, 132, 23-37.  SALOMON, J.F. (2009). Self-handicapping and self esteem. Motor control & Learning, 3, 130-145.
 RHODEWALT, F. (1994). Conceptions of ability, achievement goals, and individual differences in self-handicapping behavior. Journal of Personality, 62 (1), 67-85. AKIN, A., ABACI, R. & AKIN, Ü. (2011). Self-handicapping : A conceptual analysis, International Online Journal of Educational Sciences, 3 (3), 1155-1168.
 DREXLER, L.P., AHRENS, A.H. & HAAGA, D.A. (1995). The affective consequences of self-handicapping. Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 10, 861-870. SCHWINGER, M. & STIENSMEIER-PELSTER, J. (2011). Prevention of self-handicapping - The protective function of mastery goals. Learning & Individual Differences, 21, 699-709.
 MIDGLEY, C. & URDAN, T. (1995). Predictors of middle school students' use of self-handicapping strategies. The Journal of Early Adolescence, 15, 389-411. SAHRANÇ, Ü. (2011). An Investigation of the Relationships between Self-Handicapping and Depression, Anxiety, and Stress. International Online Journal of Educational Sciences, 3 (2), 526-540. [PDF]
 HOBDEN, K. & PLINER, P. (1995). Self-handicapping and dimensions of perfectionism : Self-presentation vs self- protection. Journal of Research in Personality, 29, 461-474. COCORADA, E. (2011). Academic self-handicapping and their correlates in adolescence. Bulletin of the Transilvania University of Brasov, 53, 57-64.
 ARKIN, R.M. & OLESON, K.C. (1996). Self-Handicapping. In J. Darley & J. Cooper (Eds.), The legacy of Ned Jones. American Psychology Association.  GADBOIS, S.A. & STURGEON, R.D. (2011). Academic self-handicapping : Relationships with learning specific and general self-perceptions and academic performance over time. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 81, 207-222.
 MIDGLEY, C., ARONKUMAR. R. & URDAN, T. (1996). "If I don't do well tomorrow, there's a reason" : Predictors of adolescents' use of academic self-handicapping strategies. Journal of Educational Psychology, 88, 423-434.  AKÇA, F. (2012). An investigation into the self-handicapping behaviors of undergraduates in terms of academic procrastination, the locus of control and academic success. Journal of Education & Learning, 1 (2), 288-297. [PDF]
 MELLO-GOLDNER, D. & WURF, E. (1997). The self in self-handicapping: Differential effects of public and private internal audiences. Current Psychology : Developmental, Learning, Personality, Social, 15, 319-331.  
 FEICK, D.L. & RHODEWALT, F. (1997). The double-edged sword of self-handicapping : Discounting, augmentation, and the protection and enhancement of self-esteem. Motivation & Emotion, 21, 147-163. AKIN, A. (2012). Academic locus of control and self-handicapping. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 30, 812-816.
 KNEE, C.R. & ZUCKERMAN, M. (1998). A non-defensive personality: Autonomy and control as moderators of defensive coping and self-handicapping. Journal of Research in Personality, 32 (2), 115-130. SCHWINGER, M. (2013). Structure of academic self-handicapping - Global or domain-specific construct ? Learning & Individual Differences, 27, 134-143.
 URDAN, T., MIDGLEY, C. & ANDERMAN, E.M. (1998). The role of classroom goal structure in student use of self-handicapping strategies. American Educational Research Journal, 35, 101-122. SCHWINGER, M., LEMMER, G., WITHWEIN, L. & STEINMAYR, R. (2014). Academic self-handicapping and Achievement : A meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 106 (3), 744-761. [PDF]
 RYSKA, T.A., YIN, Z.N. & COOLEY, D. (1998). Effects of trait and situational self-handicapping on competitive anxiety among athletes. Current Psychology, 17, 48-56.  
 KIMBLE, C.E., KIMBLE, E.A. & CROY, N.A. (1998). Development of self-handicapping tendencies. The Journal of Social Psychology, 138 (4), 524-535.  
 ZUCKERMAN, M., KIEFFER, S. & KNEE, C.R. (1998). Consequences of self-handicapping : Effects on coping, academic performance, and adjustment. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 74 (6), 1619-1628.  
Voir aussi Estime de soi et Soi
Handicap social : (Mesure et évaluation du...) :

  JONES, E.E. & RHODEWALT, F. (1982). The Self-Handicapping Scale. Princeton, NJ : Princeton University.
STRUBE, M.J. (1986). An analysis of the self-handicapping Scale. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 7, 211-224.
Hanley Gregory P. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des comportement inadaptés. Étudiant de Iwata. Collaborateur de Fisher, Kahng, Piazza et Thompson.
HANLEY, G.P., PIAZZA, C.C. & FISHER, W.W. (1997). Noncontingent presentation of attention and alternative stimuli in the treatment of attention- maintained destructive behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 30 (2), 229-237. [PDF]
HANLEY, G.P., IWATA, B.A. & THOMPSON, R.H. (2001). Reinforcement schedule thinning following treatment with functional communication training. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 34 (1), 17-38. [PDF]
HANLEY, G.P., IWATA, B.A. & McCORD, B.E. (2003). Functional analysis of problem behavior : A review. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36 (2), 147-185. [PDF]
HANLEY, G.P., PIAZZA, C.C., FISHER, W.W. & MAGLLIERI, K.A. (2005). On the effectiveness of and preference for punishment and extinction components of function-based interventions. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (1), 51-65. [PDF]
HANLEY, G.P. (2012). Functional assessment of problem behavior : Dispelling myths, overcoming implementation obstacles, and developing new lore. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 5, 54-72. [PDF]
Hans (Le petit...) : Hans était un patient de Freud, âgé de trois ans au moment de sa thérapie, qui avait une peur maladive des chevaux (phobie). = l'homme au cheval. Little Hans.
  WOLPE, J. & RACHMAN, S. (1960). Psychoanalytic "evidence" : A critique based on Freud's case of Little Hans. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 130, 135-148.
FROMM, E. & NARVAEZ, F. (1968). The Oedipus complex : Comments on 'The case of Little Hans'. Contempory Psychoanalysis, 4, 178-187.
LINDON, J.A. (1992). A reassessment of little Hans, his parents, and his castration complex. Journal of American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 20, 375-394.
 WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007). Attachment and sibling rivalry in Little Hans : The "phantasy of the two giraffes" reconsidered. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 55, 821-849.
 WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007). Little Hans and attachment theory : Bowlby’s hypothesis reconsidered in light of new evidence from the Freud Archives. The Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 62, 61-91.
Voir aussi Freud et Phobie
Hansel Charles Edward Mark (1917-2011) : Psychologue anglais et critique de la parapsychologie, notamment la télépahie. Il est membre du Comittee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal.
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1959). Experimental evidence for extra-sensory-perception. Nature, 184 (S19), 1515-1516.
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1959). Experiments on telepathy. New Scientist, 5, 457-459.
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1960). Experiments on telepathy. British Journal of Statistical Psychology, 13, 175-178.
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1966). ESP : A scientific evaluation. New York : Charles Scribner's Sons.
 
Hansen/Hanson
George P. Hansen R. Karl Hanson
James E. Hansen  
 
Hansen George P. ( ) : Parapsychologue et magicien américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des phénomènes parapsychologiques et des croyances en ces phénomènes.
HANSEN, G.P. ( ). The trickster and the paranorma. Xlibris Corporation.
HANSEN, G.P. (1992). CSICOP and the skeptics : An overview. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 86 (1), 19-63.
HANSEN, G.P. (1992). Magicians on the paranormal : An essay and review of three books. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 86 (2), 151-185.
HANSEN, G.P. (1990). Deception by subjects in psi research. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 84 (1), 25-80.
Hansen James E. (1941-) : Climatologue américain et spécialiste du réchauffement climatique et des ses effets négatifs sur l'humain.
HANSEN, J., JOHNSON, D., LACIS, S. LEBEDEFF, S. LEE, P., RIND, D. & RUSSELL, G. (1981). Climate impact of increasing atmospheric carbon dioxide. Science, 213 (4511), 957-966. [PDF]
HANSEN, J. & WILSON, H. (1993). Commentary on the significance of global temperature records. Climatic Change, 25 (2), 185-191. [PDF]
HANSEN, J., RUEDY, R., SATO, M. & LO, K. (2002). Global warming continues. Science, 295 (5553), 275. [PDF]
HANSEN, J. (2003). Can we defuse the global warming time bomb ? [PDF]
HANSEN, J. (2009). Storms of my grandchildren. London : Bloomsbury Publishing
Hanson R. Karl ( ) : Psychologue canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la récidive.

HANSON, R.K. & BUSSIÈRE, M. (1998). Predicting relapse : A meta-analysis of sexual offender recidivism studies. Journal of Counseling & Clinical Psychology, 66, 348-362.
HANSON, R.K. & HARRIS, A.J. (2000). Where should we intervene ? Dynamic predictors of sexual offense recidivism. Criminal Justice & Behavior, 27, 6-35.
HANSON, R.K. (2002). Recidivism and age. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 17, 1046- 1062.
HANSON, R.K. & MORTON, K.E. & HARRIS, A.J. (2003). Sexual offender recidivism risk : What We know and what We need to know. Annals of the New York Academy of Science, 989, 154-166. [PDF]
HANSON, R.K. & MORTON-BOURGON, K.E. (2005). The characteristics of persistent sexual offenders : A meta-analysis of recidivism studies. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 73 (6), 1154-1163. [PDF]
HANSON, R.K. & YATES, P.M. (2013). Psychological treatment of sex offenders. Current Psychiatry Reports 15 (3) : 348.
HARCÈLEMENT - HARDIN - HARE - HARLOW - HARRÉ - HARRIS - HART - HARTMANN - HASARD - HATFIELD - HATTIE - HAYES - HAZAN - HE
Haploïde : Qualifie une cellule qui ne comporte qu'un seul exemplaire de chaque paire chromosomique.

  ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin.
Haptique (Système, processus, perception, exploration, inférence...) : Du grec haptomai qui veut dire «je touche, j'établis un contact», qui qualifie tout phénomène qui concerne le sens du toucher et les sens kinesthésiques, c'est-à-dire la perception du corps dans l’environnement, par analogie avec l'acoustique (audition) ou l'optique (vision). EX : Toucher des lettres en trois dimensions afin d'apprendre à mieux les tracer. Système et mémoire haptiques. = perception tactile, modalité perceptive tactilo-kinesthésique. Haptic.

  HATWELL, Y. (1959). Perception tactile des formes et organisation spatiale tactile. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique, 56, 187-204. GENTAZ E. & HATWELL, Y. (2000). Le traitement haptique des propriétés spatiales et des propriétés matérielles des objets. In Y. Hatwell, A. Streri & E. Gentaz (Eds.), Toucher pour connaître. Psychologie cognitive de la perception tactile manuelle (p. 128-162). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
HATWELL, Y. (1960). La perception tactile des formes : perception et activité perceptive tactile. L’Année Psychologique, 60, 165-176.  
DAY, R. & AVERY, G. (1970). Absence of the horizontal-vertical illusion in haptic space. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 83, 172-173.  
DAY, R. & WONG, T.S. (1971). Radial and tangential movement directions as determinants of the haptic illusion in an L figure. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 87, 19-22. HELLER, M.A., BrRACKETT, D.D., WILSON, K., YONEYAMA K., BOYER, A. (2002). Visual experience and the haptic horizontal- vertical illusion. British Journal of Visual Impairment, 20, 105-109.
DEREGOWSKI, J. & ELLIS, H.D. (1972). Effect of stimulus orientation upon haptic perception of the horizontal-vertical illusion. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 95, 14-19. HELLER, M.A., BRACKETT, D.D., WILSON, K., YONEYAMA K., BOYER, A. & STEFFEN, H. (2002). The haptic Müller-Lyer illusion in sighted and blind people. Perception, 31, 1263-1274.
WONG, T.S. (1975). The respective role of limb and eye movements in the haptic and visual Müller-Lyer illusion. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 27, 659-666.  
WONG, T.S. (1977). Dynamic properties of radial and tangential movements as determinants of the haptic horizontal-vertical illusion with an L figure. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 3, 151-164.  
SUZUKI, K. & ARASHIDA, R. (1992). Geometrical haptic illusions revisited : Haptic illusions compared with visual illusions. Perception & Psychophysics, 52, 329-335. WOODS, A.T. & NEWELL, F.N. (2004). Visual, haptic and cross-modal recognition of objects and scenes. Journal of Physiology, 98, 147-159. [PDF]
LEDERMAN, S. J. & KLATSKY, R.L. (1993). Extracting object properties through haptic exploration. Acta Psychologica, 84, 29-40.  
GENTAZ E. & HATWELL, Y. (1996). Role of gravitational cues in the haptic perception of orientation. Perception & Psychophysics, 58, 1278-1292.  
GENTAZ E. & HATWELL, Y. (1996). Role of gravitational cues in the haptic perception of orientation. Perception & Psychophysics, 58, 1278-1292.  
GENTAZ E. & HATWELL, Y. (1998). The haptic oblique effect in the perception of rod orientation by blind adults. Perception & Psychophysics, 60, 157-167.  
KLATZKY, R.L. (1999). Path completion after haptic exploration with out vision : Implications for haptic spatial representations. Perception & Psychophysics, 61, 220-235.  
GENTAZ E. & HATWELL, Y. (1999). Role of memorisation conditions in the haptic processing of orientations and the "oblique effect". British Journal of Psychology, 90, 377-388. BARA, F., FRENDEMBACH, B. & GENTAZ E. (2010). Rôle des procédures exploratoires manuelles dans la perception haptique et visuelle de formes chez des enfants scolarisés en cycle 2. L’Année Psychologique, 110, 197-225.
CASLA, M., BLANCO, F. & TRAVIESO, D. (1999). Haptic perception of geometric illusions by persons who are totally congenitally blind. Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness, 93, 583-588. BAUD-BODY, G. & GENTAZ E. (2012). The perception and representation of orientations : a study in the haptic modality. Acta Psychologica, 141 (1), 24-30.
  Voir aussi Toucher et Mémoire haptique
ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin.
Harcèlement : Moqueries, humiliation, intimidation et parfois violence commises à maintes reprises par un individu ou un groupe (agresseur) à l'endroit d'une autre personne (victime). Bullying, harassment, mobbing.
Formes de harcèlement
Harcèlement au travail Harcèlement contre les homosexuels Harcèlement sexuel
Harcèlement à distance   Harcèlement scolaire
 


  FARRINGTON, D.P. (1993). Understanding and preventing bullying. Crime & Justice, 17, 381-458. RODKIN, P.C. & BERGER, C. (2008). Who bullies whom? Social status asymmetries by victim gender. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 32, 473-485.
RIVERS, I. & SMITH, P.K. (1994). Types of bullying behaviour and their correlates. Aggressive Behavior, 20, 359–368. WIMMER, S. (2009). Views on gender differences in bullying in relation to language and gender role socialisation. Griffith Working Papers in Pragmatics & Intercultural Communication, 2 (1), 18-26. [PDF]
SALMIVALLI, C., LAGERSPETZ, K. BJÖRKQVIST, K., OSTERMAIM, K. & KAUKIANEN A. (1996). Bullying as a group process: Participant roles and their relations to social status within the group. Aggressive Behavior, 22, 1-15. BEALS, K.P., PEPLAU, L.A. & GABLE, S.L. (2009). Stigma management and well-being : The role of perceived social support, emotional processing, and suppression. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 35, 867-879.
SWAIN, J. (1998). What does bullying really mean ? Educational Research, 40, 358-364. BERGER, C. & RODKIN, P. C. (2009). Male and female victims of male bullies. Sex Roles, 61, 72-84.
SUTTON, J. & SMITH, P.K. (1999). Bullying as a group process: An adaptation of the participant role approach. Aggressive Behavior, 25, 97–111. SALMIVALLI, C. (2010). Bullying and the peer group : A review. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 15, 112-120. [PDF]
EINARSEN, S. (2000). Harassment and bullying at work : A review of the Scandinavian approach. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 5 (4), 379-401. RODKIN, P.C. (2011). White House report : Bullying : And the power of peers. Educational Leadership, 69, 10-16.
SALMIVALLI, C. & NIEMINEN, E. (2002). Proactive and reactive aggression in bullies, victims, and bully–victims. Aggressive Behavior, 28, 30–44. BARNIGHT, L.J., HUBBARD, J.A., GRASSETTI, S. & MORROW, M.T. (2017). Relations between actual group norms, perceived peer behavior, and bystander children’s intervention to bullying. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 46, 394-400.
SOUTH, C. & WOOD, J. (2006). Bullying in prisons: The importance of perceived social status, prisonization, and moral disengagement. Aggressive Behavior, 32, 490–501 FRISEN, A., HASSELBLAD, T., & HOLMQVIST, K. (2012). What actually makes bullying stop ? Journal of Adolescence, 35, 981–990.
  RODKIN, P.C., ESPELAGE, D.L. & DANISH, L.D. (2015). A relational framework for understanding bullying : Developmental antecedents and outcomes. American Psychologist, 70 (4), 311-321. [PDF]
Voir aussi Intimidation, Taxage et Violence
Harcèlement (Mesure et évaluation du...) : Ensemble des critères de diagnostic, des tests et des outils de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer les différentes formes de harcèlement.

  COWIE, H., NAYLOR, P., RIVERS, I., SMITH, P.K. & PEREIRA, B. (2002). Measuring workplace bullying. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 7, 33-51. [PDF]
HEAMES, J. & HARVEY, M. (2006). Workplace bullying : A cross-level assessment. Management Decisions, 44 (9), 1214-1230.
BERAN, T. (2006). A construct validity study of bullying. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 52 (4), 238-247. [PDF]
OLWEUS, D. (1996a). The revised Bully/Victim Questionnaire. Bergen, Norway: Mimeo HEMIL Center, University of Bergen.
EINARSEN, S., HOEL, H. & NOTELAERS, G. (2009). Measuring exposure to bullying and harassment at work : Validity, factor structure and psychometric properties of the negative acts questionnaire-revised. Work stress, 23, 24-44. [PDF]
TSUNO, K, KAWAKAMI, N., INOUE, A. & ABE, K. (2010). Measuring workplace bullying : reliability and validity of the Japanese version of the negative acts questionnaire. Journal of Occupational Health, 52 (4), 216-226. [PDF]
Voir aussi Harcèlement
Harcèlement (Prévention du...) : Preventing bullying.

  FARRINGTON, D.P. (1993). Understanding and preventing bullying. Crime & Justice, 17, 381- 458.
FOX, S. & STALLWORTH, L.E. (2009). Building a framework for two internal organizational approaches to resolving and preventing workplace bullying : Alternative dispute resolution and training. Consulting Psychology Journal : Practice & Research, 61 (3), 220-241.
SALMIVALLI, C., KÄRNÄ, A. & PoOSKIPARTA, E. (2009). Development, evaluation, and diffusion of a national anti-bullying program (KiVa). In B. Doll, W. Pfohl & J. Yoon (Eds.), Handbook of youth prevention science. New York : Routledge.
Voir aussi Harcèlement
Harcèlement au travail : Moqueries, humiliation, intimidation et parfois violence commises à répétition sur les lieux de travail d'une organisation par un ou des travailleurs/employés (agresseur) à l'endroit d'un autre travailleurs/employé (victime). Bullying at work, harassment at work, workplace bullying, mobbing, abusive behavior.

  MACKINNON, C.A. (1986). Sexual harassment of working women : A case of sx discrimination. New Haven : Yale University Press. TRACY, S., LUTGEN-SANDVIK, P. & ALBERTS, J. (2006). Nightmares, demons and slaves: Exploring the painful metaphors of workplace bullying. Management Communication Quarterly, 20 (2), 148-185.
ADAMS, A. (1992). Bullying at work: how to confront and overcome it. London: Virago. HEAMES, J. & HARVEY, M. (2006). Workplace bullying : A cross-level assessment. Management Decisions, 44 (9), 1214-1230.
EINARSEN, S., RAKNES, B.I., MATTHIESEN, S.B. & HELLESOY, O.H. (1994). Bullying and personified conflicts : Health-endangering interaction at work. Bergen, Norway : Sigma Forlag.  
EINARSEN, S., RAKNES, B.I. & MATTHIESEN, S.B. (1994). Bullying and harassment at work and their relationships to work environment quality : An explratory study. European Work & Organizational Psychologist, 4 (4), 381-401. [PDF] HUTCHINSON, M., JACKSON, D., WILKES, L. & VICKERS, M. (2008). A new model of bullying in the nursing workplace : Organizational characteristics as critical antecedents. Advances in Nursing Science, 31 (2), 60-71.
KEASHLEY, L., TROTT, V. & MACLEAN, L.M. (1994). Abusive behavior in the workplace. Violence & Victims, 9, 341-357. LIM, S., CORTINA, L. & MAGLEY, V. (2008). Personal and workplace incivility : Impact on work and health outcomes. Journal of Applied Psychology, 93 (1), 95-107
EINARSEN, S. & SKOGTAD, A. (1996). Bullying at work : Epidemiological findings in public and private organization. European Journal of Work & Organizational Psychology, 5 (2), 185-201. LAVAN, H. & MARTIN, W. (2008). Bullying in the U.S. workplace : Normative and process-oriented ethical approaches. Journal of Business Ethics, 83 (2), 147-165.
LEYMANN, H. (1996). The content and development of mobbing at work. European Journal of Organizational Psychology, 5, 165-184. FOX, S. & STALLWORTH, L.E. (2009). Building a framework for two internal organizational approaches to resolving and preventing workplace bullying : Alternative dispute resolution and training. Consulting Psychology Journal : Practice & Research, 61 (3), 220-241.
VARTIA, M. (1996). The sources of bullying : Psychological work environment and organizational climate. European Journal of Work & Organizational Psychology, 5 (2), 203-296. BEALS, K.P., PEPLAU, L.A. & GABLE, S.L. (2009). Stigma management and well-being : The role of perceived social support, emotional processing, and suppression. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 35, 867-879.
RAYNER, C. (1997). The incidence of workplace bullying. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 7, 199-208. EINARSEN, S., HOEL, H. & NOTELAERS, G. (2009). Measuring exposure to bullying and harassment at work : Validity, factor structure and psychometric properties of the negative acts questionnaire-revised. Work Stress, 23, 24-44. [PDF]
SMITH, P.K. (1997). Bullying in life-span perspective: what can studies of school bullying and workplace bullying learn from each other ? Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 7, 249–255. [PDF]  
CRAWFORD, N. (1997). Bullying at work : a psychoanalytic perspective. Journal of Community and Applied Social Psychology, 7, 219–226.  
HOËL, H., RAYNER, C.L. & COOPER, C. (1999). Workplace bullying. In C.L. Cooper, & I.T. Robertson (Eds.), International review of industrial and organizational psychology. Chichester : Wiley.  
LEWIS, D. (1999). Workplace bullying & interim findings of a study in further and higher education in Wales. International Journal of Manpower, 20, 106-118. NIELSEN, M.B., SKOGSTAD, A. & MATTHIENSEN, S.B. (2009). Prevalence of workplace bullying in Norway : Comparisons across time and estimation methods. European Journal of Work & Organizational Psychology, 18, 81-101.
EINARSEN, S. (2000). Harassment and bullying at work : A review of the Scandinavian approach. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 5 (4), 379-401. EINARSEN, S., HOEL, H. & NOTELAERS, G. (2009). Measuring exposure to bullying and harassment at work : Validity, factor structure and psychometric properties of the negative acts questionnaire-revised. Work stress, 23, 24-44. [PDF]
MIKKELSEN, E.G. & EINARSEN, S. (2001). Bullying in Danish work-life : Prevalence and health correlates. European Journal of Work & Organizational Psychology, 10, 393-413. FOX, S. & STALLWORTH, L.E. (2009). Building a framework for two internal organizational approaches to resolving and preventing workplace bullying : Alternative dispute resolution and training. Consulting Psychology Journal : Practice & Research, 61 (3), 220-241.
BRAY, C. (2001). Bullying nurses at work: Theorizing a gendered experience. Contemporary Nurse : A Journal for the Australian Nursing Profession, 10 (1/2), 21-29. KINGSLEY, H. (2009). Regaining productivity lost to workplace bullying and abuse. Today's Manager, 4, 13.
VARTIA, M. (2001). Consequences of workplace bullying with respect to the wellbeing of its targets and the observers of bullying. Scandinavian Journal of Work Environment & Health, 27, 63-69. TSUNO, K, KAWAKAMI, N., INOUE, A. & ABE, K. (2010). Measuring workplace bullying : reliability and validity of the Japanese version of the negative acts questionnaire. Journal of Occupational Health, 52 (4), 216-226. [PDF]
GLENDINNING, P. (2001). Workplace bullying: Curing the cancer of the American workplace. Public Personnel Management, 30 (3), 269-286. SALIN, D. & HOEL, H. (2011). Organisational causes of workplace bullying. In Einarsen, S., Hoel, H., Zapf, D. & Cooper, C. (Eds.), Workplace bullying : Development in theory, research and practice (pp. 227-243). London. Taylor & Francis.
QUINE, L. (2001). Workplace bullying in nurses. Journal of Health Psychology, 6 (1), 73-84. [PDF] DAVOUDI, S.M.M., FARTASH, K., ALLAHYARI, M. & YARAHMADI, H. (2013). Workplace bullying and turnover intentions among Iranian employees. International Journal of Research in Organizational Behavior & Human Resource Management, 1 (1), 12-23. [PDF]
COWIE, H., NAYLOR, P., RIVERS, I., SMITH, P.K. & PEREIRA, B. (2002). Measuring workplace bullying. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 7, 33-51. [PDF] GALANAKI, E. & PAPALEXANDRIS, N. (2013). Measuring workplace bullying in organisations. The International Journal of Human Resource Management, 24 (11), 2107-2130.
Voir aussi Harcèlement et Discrimination sociale
Harcèlement à distance : Harcèlement exercé à distance au moyen d'un téléphone ou d'un ordinateur/Internet. = cyberharcèlement. Cyberbullying, cyber-harassment.

  YBARRA, M.L. & MITCHELL, K.J. (2004). Online aggressor/targets, aggressors, and targets : a comparison of associated youth characteristics. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 45, 1308-1316. TOKUNAGA, R. (2010). Following you home from school : a critical review and synthesis of research on cyberbullying victimization. Computers in Human Behavior, 26, 277-287.
YBARRA, M.L. ( 2004). Linkages between depressive symptomatology and Internet harassment among young regular Internet users. Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 7 (2), 247-257.  
YBARRA, M.L. & MITCHELL, K.J. (2004). Youth engaging in online harassment : Associations with caregiver-child relationships, Internet use, and personal characteristics. Journal of Adolescence, 27, 319-336. [PDF]  
BERAN, T.N. & LI, Q. (2005). Cyberharassment: A study of a new method for an old behavior. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 32 (3), 265-277.  
YBARRA, M.L., MITCHELL, K.J., WOLAK, J. & FINKELHOR, D. (2006). Examining characteristics and associated distress related to internet harassment : Findings from the second youth internet safety survey. Pediatrics, 118 (4), 1169-1177. [PDF]  
BERAN, T.N. & LI, Q. (2007). The Relationship between Cyberbullying and School Bullying. Journal of Student Wellbeing, 1 (2), 15-33. [PDF]  
LI, Q. (2007). Bullying in the new playground: Research into cyberbullying and cyber victimisation. Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 23 (4), 435-454  
YBARRA, M.L. & MITCHELL, K.J. (2007). Prevalence and frequency of Internet harassment instigation: Implications for adolescent health. Journal of Adolescent Health, 41, 189-195. [PDF] WANG, J., NANSEL, T. & IANNOTTI, R. (2010). Cyber and traditional bullying : differential association with depression. Journal of Adolescent Health, 48, 415-417.
JUVONEN, J. & GROSS, E.F. (2008). Extending the school grounds ? Bullying experiences in cyberspace. Journal of School Health, 78 (9), 496-505. WALKER, C.M., SOCKMAN, B.R. & KOEHN, S. (2011). An exploratory study of cyberbullying with undergraduate university students. TechTrends, 55 (2), 31-38. [PDF]
SMITH, P.K., MADHAVI, J., CARVALHO, M., FISHER, S., RUSSELL, S. & TIPPETT, N. (2008). Cyberbullying : its nature and impact in secondary school pupils. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 49 (4), 376-385. [PDF] DONNERSTEIN, E. (2012). Internet bullying. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 59, 623-633. [PDF]
LENHART, A. (2009). Cyberbullying : what the research is telling us. Washington, DC : Pew Internet & American Life Project. BERAN, T.N., RINALDI, C., BICKHAM, D. & RICH, M. (2012). Evidence for the need to support adolescents dealing with harassment and cyber-harassment : Prevalence, progression, and impact. School Psychology International, 33, (5), 562-576.
Voir aussi Cyberharcèlement, Harcèlement, Internet, Téléphone et Ordinateur
Harcèlement contre les homosexuels : Lesbians and gay men bullied.

  RIVERS, I. (1995). Mental health issues among young lesbians and gay men bullied in school. Health & Social Care in the Community, 3, 380-383.
D’AUGELLI, A.R., HERSHBERGER, S.L. & PILKINGTON, N.W. (1998). Lesbian, gay, and bisexual youths and their families : Disclosure of sexual orientation and its consequences. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 68, 361-373.
DOUGLAS, N., WARWICK, I., KEMP, S., WHITTY, G. & EGGLETON, P. (1999). Homophobic bullying in secondary schools in England and Wales-teachers’ experiences. Health Education, 99, 53-60.
Voir aussi Cyberharcèlement, Harcèlement, Homophobie et Homosexualité
Harcèlement sexuel : Sexual harassment, gender harassment.

  CAMMAERT, L.P. (1985). How widespread is sexual harassment on campus ? International Journal of Women Studies, 8, 388-397. WOODZICKA, J.A. & LAFRANCE, M. (2001). Real versus imagined gender harassment. Journal of Social Issues, 57, 15-30.
PYKE, S.W. (1996). Sexual harassment and sexual intimacy in learning environments. Canadian Psychology, 37, 13-22. RODKIN, P.C. & FISCHER, K. (2003). Sexual harassment and the cultures of childhood : Developmental, domestic violence, and legal perspectives. Journal of Applied School Psychology, 19, 177-196.
  GALESIC, M. & TOURANGEAU, R. (2007). What is sexual harassment ? It depends on who asks ! Framing effects on survey responses. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 21, 189-202.
FITZGERALD, L., SWAN, S. & MAGLEY, V. (1997). But was it really sexual harassment ? : Legal, behavioral, and psychological definitions of the workplace victimization of women. In W. O'Donahue (Ed.), Sexual harassment : Theory, research, and treatment (pp. 5-28). Boston : Allyn & Bacon. DILL, K.E., BROWN, B.P. & COLLINS, M.A. (2008). Effects of media stereotypes on sexual harassment judgments and rape supportive attitudes : Popular video game characters, gender, violence and power. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 1402-1408.
O'HARE, E.A. & O'DONOHUE, W. (1998). Sexual harass- ment: Identifying risk factors. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 27, 561-580. WIMMER, S. (2009). Views on gender differences in bullying in relation to language and gender role socialisation. Griffith Working Papers in Pragmatics and Intercultural Communication 2 (1), 18-26. [PDF]
Voir aussi Cyberharcèlement et Harcèlement
Harcèlement scolaire : Concept développé par Olweus pour désigner en milieu scolaire et parascolaire, les moqueries, l'humiliation, l'intimidation, le taxage et parfois la violence commises à maintes reprises par un ou des élèves (agresseur ou voyou = bully) à l'endroit d'un autre élève (victime). Harcèlement et intimidation à l'école. = harcèlement à l'école, intimidation scolaire, violence scolaire, brimade entre élèves. Bullying at school, aggression in the school, peer aggression.
  OLWEUS, D. (1978). Aggression in the schools. Bullies and whipping boys. Washington, D.C. : Hemisphere Press, Wiley. VIVET, P. & DEFRANCE, B. (2000). Violences scolaires. Édition Syros.
OLWEUS, D. (1984). Aggressors and their victims : Bullying at school. In N. Frude & H. Gault (Eds.), Disruptive behavior in school. New York : Wiley. COWIE, H. (2000). Bystanding or standing by : Gender issues in coping with bullying. Aggressive Behavior, 26, 85-97.
CAMMAERT, L.P. (1985). How widespread is sexual harassment on campus ? International Journal of Women Studies, 8, 388-397. VIVET, P. & DEFRANCE, B. (2000). Violences scolaires. Édition Syros.
ARORA, T. & THOMPSON, D. (1987). Defining bullying for a secondary school. Education & Child Psychology, 4, 110-120. SMITH, P.K. & SHU, S. (2000). What good schools can do about bullying : Findings from a survey in English schools after a decade of research and action. Childhood, 7, 193-212.
PERRY, D.G., KUSEL, S.J. & PERRY, L.C. (1988). Victims of peer aggression. Developmental Psychology, 24, 807-814. SHARP S, THOMPSON, D. & ARORA, T. (2000). How long before it hurts ? An investigation into long-term bullying. School Psychology International, 21 (1), 37–46.
AHMAD, Y. & SMITH, P.K. (1990). Behavioural measures : Bullying in schools. Newsletter of Association for Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 12, 26-27. MONKS, C., & SMITH, PK. (2000). Relationships of children involved in bully/victim problems at school. In: R. Mills, & S. Duck (Eds.), Developmental psychology of personal relationships (pp. 131–153). Chichester: Wiley.
RIGBY, K. & SLEE, P.T. (1991). Bullying among Australian school children : Reported behavior and attitudes toward victims. Journal of Social Psychology, 131, 615–627. SMITH, P.K. & BRAIN, P. (2000). Bullying in schools : Lessons from two decades of research. Aggressive Behavior, 26, 1-9. [PDF]
  NANSEL, T.R., OVERPECK, M., PILLA, R.S., RUAN, W.J., SIMONS-MORTON, B. & SCHEIDT, P. (2001). Bullying behaviors among U.S. youth : Prevalence and association with psychosocial adjustment. Journal of the American Medical Association, 285(16), 2094-2100.
OLWEUS, D. (1991). Bully/victim problems among schoolchildren : Basics facts and effects of a school based intervention program. In D. Pepler & K. Rubin (Eds.), The development and treatment of childhood aggression. Hillsdale, N.J., Erlbaum. WOLKE, D., WOODS, S., SCHULZ, H. & STANFORD, K. (2001). Bullying and victimisation of primary school children in South England and South Germany : Prevalence and school factors. British Journal of Psychology, 92, 673-696. [PDF]
BOULTON, M.J. & UNDERWOOD, K. (1992). Bully ? Victim problems among school children. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 62, 73-87. NEUSPIEL, D.R. (2001). Bullying : Effects on physical and emotional health. AAP Grand Rounds, 6 (5), 50-51.
OLWEUS, D. (1993). Bullying at school : What we know and what we can do. Oxford: Blackwell.Oxford : Blackwell. WOLKE, D., WOODS, S., BLOOMFIELD, L. & KARSTADT, L. (2001). Bullying involvement in primary school and common health problems. Archives of Disease in Childhood, 85, 197-201.
  OLWEUS, D. (2001). Peer harassment: A critical analysis and some important issues. In J. Juvonen & S. Graham (Eds.), Peer harassment in school: The plight of the vulnerable and victimized (pp. 3-48). New York : Guilford Press.
WHITNEY, I. & SMITH, P.K. (1993). A survey of the nature and extent of bully ? Victim problems in junior middle and secondary schools. Educational Research, 35, 3-25. NAYLOR, P., COWIE, H. & DEL REY, R. (2001). Coping strategies of secondary school children in response to being bullied. Child Psychology & Psychiatry Review, 6 (3), 114-120. [PDF]
SIANN, G. & CALLAGHAN, M. (1993). Bullying: Teachers’ views and school effects. Educational Studies, 19, 307-321. ROLAND, E. & GALLOWAY, D. (2002). Classroom influences on bullying. Educational Research, 44, 299-312.
  SCHAFER, M., WERNER, N.E. & CRICK, N.R. (2002). A comparison of two approaches to the study of negative peer treatment: General victimization and bully/victim problems among German schoolchildren. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 20, 281-306.
  SMITH, P.K., COWIE, H., OLASFFSON, R. & LIEFOOGHE, A. (2002). Definitions of bullying : a comparison of terms used, and age and gender differences, in a fourteen-country international comparison. Child Development, 73, 1119-1133.
SMITH, P.K. & SHARP, S. (1994). School bullying : Insights and perspectives. London : Rutledge. COWIE, H., NAYLORA, P., RIVERBS, I., SMITH, P.K. & PEIRAD, B. (2002). Measuring workplace bullying. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 7 (1), 33-51.
ARORA, C.M.J. (1994). Measuring bullying in schools with the my life in school checklist. Pastoral Care in Education, 12, 11-16. DAKE, J.A., PRICE, J.H. & TELJOHANN, S.K. (2003). The nature and extent of bullying at school. Journal of School Health, 73 (5), 173-180. [PDF]
BATSCHE, G.N. & KNOFF, H.M. (1994). Bullies and their victims : understanding a pervasive problem in the schools. School Psychology Review, 23, 165-174. VAILLANCOURT, T., HYMEL, S. & McDOUGALL, P. (2003). Bullying is power : Implications for school-based intervention strategies. Journal of Applied School Psychology, 19, 157-176.
BOULTON, M.J. & SMITH, P.K. (1994). Bully ? victim problems in middle school children : Stability, self-perceived competence, peer perceptions, and peer acceptance. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 12, 315-329. RIGBY, K. (2003). Consequences of bullying in schools. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 48 (9), 583-590. [PDF]
  UNNEVER, J.D. & CORNELL, D.G. (2003). Bullying, self-control, and ADHD. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 18, 129-147.
  TERÂSAHJO, T. SALMIVALLI, C. (2003). “She is not actually bullied”. The discourse of harassment in student groups. Aggressive Behavior, 29, 134–154.
BATSCHE, G.N. & KNOFF, H.M. (1994). Bullies and their victims : understanding a pervasive problem in the schools. School Psychology Review, 23, 165-174. WARDEN, D. & MACKINNON, S. (2003). Prosocial children, bullies and victims : An investigation of their sociometric status, empathy and social problem-solving strategies. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 21 (3), 367-385.
RIVERS, I. & SMITH, P.K. (1994). Types of bullying behavior and their correlates. Aggressive Behavior, 20, 359-368. SMITH, P.K., ANANIADOU, K. & COWIE, H. (2003). Interventions to reduce school bullying. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 48, 591-599. [PDF]
OLWEUS, D. (1994). Bullying at school : basic facts and effects of a school based intervention program. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 1171-1190. SMITH, J.D., SCHNEIDER, B.H. SMITH, P.K. & ANANIADOU, K. (2004). The effectiveness of whole-school antibullying programs : A synthesis of evaluation. Research School Psychology Review, 33 (4), 547-560. [PDF]
SIANN, G., CALLAGHAN, M., GLISSOV, P., LOCKHART, R. & RAWSON, L. (1994). Who gets bullied : The effect of school, gender and ethnic group. Educational Research, 36, 123-134. SALMIVALLI, C. & VOETEN, M. (2004). Connections between attitudes, group norms, and behaviour in bullying situations. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 28, 246-258.
  UNNEVER, J.D. & CORNELL, D.G. (2004). Middle school victims of bullying : Who reports being bullied ? Aggressive Behavior, 30, 373-388. [PDF]
  BERAN, T.N., TUTTY, L. & STEINWRATH, G. (2004). An evaluation of a bullying prevention program for elementary schools. Canadian Journal of School Psychology, 19 (1-2), 99- 116.
  COOLIDGE, F.L., DENBOER, J.W. & SEGAL, D.L. (2004). Personality and neuropsychological correlates of bullying behavior. Personality & Individual Differences, 36, 1559-1569. [PDF]
  SMITH, P.K. (2004). Bullying : recent developments. Child & Adolescent Mental Health, 9 (3), 98-103. [PDF]
SMITH, P.K. & LEVAN, S. (1995). Perceptions and experiences of bullying in younger pupils. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 65 (4), 489-500. SMITH, P.K., TALAMELLI, l., COWIE, H., NAYLOR, P. & CHAUHAN, P. (2004). Profiles of non-victims, escaped victims, continuing victims and new victims of school bullying. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 74, 565-581. [PDF]
WILLIAMS, K., CHAMBERS, M., LOGAN, S. & ROBINSON, D. (1996). Association of common health symptoms with bullying in primary school children. British Medical Journal, 313, 17-19. WOLKE, D. & SAMARA, M. (2004). Bullied by siblings: Association with peer victimisation and behaviour problems in Israeli lower secondary school children. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 45, 1015-1029.
  JANSSEN, I., CRAIG, W.M., BOYCE, W.F. & PICKETT, W. (2004). Associations between overweight and obesity with bullying behaviors in school-aged children. Pediatrics, 113 (5), 1187-1194.
WOODS, S. & WOLKE, D. (2004). Direct and relational bullying among primary school children and academic achievement. Journal of School Psychology, 42, 135-155. [PDF]
OLWEUS, D. (1996). Bullying at school: Knowledge base and an effective intervention program. In C.F. Ferris & T. Grisso (Eds.), Understanding aggressive behavior in children. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences (vol. 794, pp. 265-276). New York : New York Academy of Sciences. NESDALE, D. & SCARLETT, M. (2004). Effects of group and situational factors on pre-adolescent children's attitudes to school bullying. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 28, 428-434.
SALMIVALLI, C., HUTTUNEN, A. & LAGERSPETZ, K. (1997). Peer networks and bullying in schools. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 38, 305–312. XIAO-QI, H., JIA-XIU, Z. & LAN-TING, G. (2005). Bully in primary school and its impact on psychosocial health. Chinese Mental Health Journal, 19, 676-678.
SMITH, P.K. (1997). Bullying in life-span perspective: what can studies of school bullying and workplace bullying learn from each other ? Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 7, 249-255. [PDF] RIGBY, K. (2005). The method of shared concern as an intervention technique to address bullying in schools : An overview and appraisal. Australian Journal of Counselling & Guidance, 15, 27-34. [PDF]
OLWEUS, D. (1996). The revised Bully/Victim Questionnaire. Bergen, Norway: Mimeo HEMIL Center, University of Bergen. VEENSTRA, R., LINDENBERG, S., OLDEHINKEL, A.J., DE WINTER, A.F., VERHULST, F.C. & ORMEL, J. (2005). Bullying and victimization in elementary schools : A comparison of bullies, victims, bully/victims, and uninvolved preadolescents. Developmental Psychology, 41, 672-682.
  EISENBERG, M.E. & AALSMA, M.C. (2005). Bullying and peer victimization: Position paper of the society for adolescent medicine. Journal of Adolescent Health, 36, 88–91. [PDF]
EINARSEN, S. & RAKNES, B. (1997). Harassment in the workplace and the victimisation of men. Violence & Victims, 12, 247-263. SMOKOWSKI, P.R. & KOPASZ, K.H. (2005). Bullying in school : an overview of types, effects, family characteristics, and intervention strategies. Children & Schools, 27, 101-110.
   NESDALE, D. & NAITO, M. (2005). Individualism-collectivism and the attitudes to school bullying of Japanese & Australian students. Journal of Cross Cultural Psychology, 36, 1-20.
BOULTON, M.J. (1997). Teachers’ views on bullying : Definitions, attitudes and ability to cope. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 67, 223-233. SMI TH, J.D., BRADLEY-COUSINS, J. & STEWART, R. (2005). Antibullying interventions in schools : Ingredients of effective programs. Canadian Journal of Education, 28 (4), 739-762. [PDF]
  BOULTON, M.J. (2005). It's all my fault : self-blame among victims of bullying. Young Minds, 74, 16.
  NAITO, T. & GIELEN, U.P. (2005). Bullying and Ijime in Japanese schools. Violence in Schools, 169-190. [PDF]
  BERAN, T. (2006). A construct validity study of bullying. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 52 (4), 238-247. [PDF]
  GINI, G. (2006). Bullying as a social process : The role of group membership in students' perception of inter-group aggression at school. Journal of School Psychology, 44, 51-65.
COLVIN, G., TOBIN, T., BEARD, K., HAGAN, S. & SPRAGUE, J. (1998). The school bully : Assessing the problem of developing interventions and future research directions. Journal of Behavioral Education, 8 (3), 293-319.  NESDALE, D. (2007). Peer groups and children school bullying : Scapegoating and other group processes. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 4, 388-392.
GLOVER, D., CARTWRIGHT, N., GOUGH, G. & JOHNSON, M. (1998). The introduction of anti-bullying policies : Do policies help in the management of change ? School Leadership & Management, 18, 89-105. STASSEN BERGER, K. (2007). Update on bullying at school : science forgotten ? Developmental Review, 27, 90-126. [PDF]
TERRY, A.A. (1998). Teachers as targets of bullying by their pupils: A study to investigate incidence. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 68, 255-268. VEENSTRA, R., LINDENBERG, S., ZIJLSTRA, B., DE WINTER, A., VERHULST, F. & ORMEL, J. (2007). The dyadic nature of bullying and victimization. Child Development, 78, 1843-1854.
SALMIVALLI, C., LAPPALAINEN, LAGERSPETZ, K. (1998). Stability and change of behavior in connection with bullying in schools: A two-year follow-up. Aggressive Behavior, 24, 205-218. FRISEN, A., JONSSON, A.-K. & PERSSON, C. (2007). Adolescents' perception of bull ying: who is the victim ? who is the bully? what can be done to stop bull ying? Adolescence, 42 (168), 749-761. [PDF]
SALMON, G., JAMES, A. & SMITH, D.M. (1998). Bullying in schools : self reported anxiety, depression and self-esteem in secondary school children. British Medical Journal, 317, 924-925. SLONJE, R. & SMITH, P.K. (2008). Cyberbullying : Another main type of bullying ? Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 49, 147-154. [PDF]
SMITH, P.K., MADHAVI, J., CARVALHO, M., FISHER, S., RUSSELL, S. & TIPPETT, N. (2008). Cyberbullying : its nature and impact in secondary school pupils. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 49 (4), 376-385. [PDF]
  NORDAHL, J., POOLE, A., STANTON, L., WALDEN, L., BERAN, T.N. (2008). A review of school-based bullying interventions. Democracy & Education, 18 (1), 16-20.
  NESDALE, D., DURKIN, K., MAAS, A., KLESNER, J. & GRIFFITHS, J.A. (2008). Effects of group norms on children's intentions to bully. Social Development, 17 (4), 889-907. [PDF]
  BERAN, T.N. (2008). A healthy skepticism about anti-bullying programs in schools. The Alberta Counsellor, 30 (1), 3-8.
  MERRELL, K.W., GUELDNER, B.A., ROSS, S.W. & ISAVA, D.M. (2008). How effective are school bullying intervention programs ? School Psychology Quarterly, 23, 26-42.
  SMITH, P.K., SMITH, C., OSBORN, R. & SAMARA, M. (2008). A content analysis of school anti-bullying policies: Progress and limitations. Educational Psychology Practice, 24, 1-12. [PDF]
  BERAN, T.N. (2009). Correlates of peer harassment and achievement. Psychology in the Schools, 46 (4), 348-361.
  WANG, J. IANOTTI, R.J. & NANSEL, T.R. (2009). School bullying among adolescents in the United States : Physical, verbal, relational, and cyber. Journal of Adolescent Health, 45 (4), 368-375. [PDF]
  SAMPSON, R. (2009). Bullying in schools. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services;
  BERAN, T.N. & LUPART, J. (2009). The relationship between school achievement and peer harassment in Canadian adolescents: The importance of mediating factors. School Psychology International, 30 (1), 75-91.
  RIGBY, K. (2010). Bullying interventions in schools. Six Basic Methods. Camberwell : ACER.
  COOK, C.R., WILLIAMS, K.R., GUERRA, N.G., KIM, T.E. & SADEK, S. (2010). Predictors of bullying and victimization in childhood and adolescence. School Psychology Quarterly, 25, 65-83.
  NIPEDAL, C., NESDALE, D. & KILLEN, M. (2010). Social group norms, school norms, and children’s aggressive intentions. Aggressive Behavior, 36, 195-204. [PDF]
  FARMER, T.W., PETRIN, R.A., ROBERTSON, D.L., FRASER, M.W., HALL, C.M., DAY, S. H. & DADISMAN, K. (2010). Peer relations of bullies, bully-victims, and victims : The two social worlds of bullying in second-grade classrooms. Elementary School Journal, 110, 364-392.
  WALDEN, L.M. & BERAN, T.N. (2010). Attachment quality and bullying behavior in school-aged youth. Canadian Journal of School Psychology, 25(1), 5-18.
  FREY, K.S., EDSTROM, L.V. & HIRSHSTEIN, M.K. (2010). School bullying : A crisis or an opportunity ? In S.R. Jimerson, S.M. Swearer & D.L. Espelage (Eds.), Handbook of bullying in schools: An international perspective (pp. 403-415). New York : Routledge.
  VEENSTRA, R., LINDENBERG, S., MUNNIKSMA, A. & DIJKSTRA, J.K. (2010). The complex relation between bullying, victimization, acceptance, and rejection. Child Development, 81, 480-486.
  BERAN, T.N. (2010). School bullying: Insights from Canadian researchers. Canadian Journal of School Psychology, 25 (1), 3-4.
  POZZOLI, T. & GINI, G. (2010). Active defending and passive bystanding behavior in bullying: The role of personal characteristics and perceived peer pressure. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 38, 81-827.
  THORNBERG, R. (2010). School children's social representations on bullying causes. Psychology in the Schools, 47, 311-327.
  VAILLANCOURT, T., MCDOUGALL, P., HYMEL, S. & SUNDERANI, S. (2010). Respect or fear ? The relationship between power and bullying behavior. In S.R. Jimerson, S.M. Swearer & D.L. Espelage (Eds.), Handbook of bullying in schools : An international perspective (pp. 211-222). New York : Routledge.
  BERMANN, M-L. (2011). Moral disengagement in self-reported and peer-nominated school bullying. Aggressive Behavior, 37, 133-144.
  OBERMANN, M-L. (2011). Moral disengagement among bystanders to school bullying. Journal of School Violence, 10, 239–257.
  COWIE, H. (2011). Understanding why children and young people engage in bullying at school. In C. Barter & D. Berridge (Eds.), Children behaving badly ? Peer violence between children and young people. (pp. 33-46). Chichester : John Wiley. [PDF]
SAMIVALLI, C., KAUKIAINEN, A., KAISTANIEMI, L. & LAGERSPETZ, K.M.J. (1999). Self-evaluated self-esteem, peer-evaluated self-esteem, and defensive egotism as predictors of adolescents' participation in bullying situations. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 1268-1278. THORNBERG, R. & KNUTSEN, S. (2011). Teenager's explanations of bullying. Child & Youth Care Forum, 40 (3), 177-192. [PDF]
SAMIVALLI, C. (1999). Participant role approach to school bullying : Implications for intervention. Journal of Adolescence, 22, 453–459. KARATAS, H. & OZTURK, C. (2011). Relationship between bullying and health problems in primary school children. Asian Nursing Research, 5 (2), 82-87. [PDF]
O'CONNELL, P., PEPLER, D. & CRAIG, W. (1999). Peer involvement in bullying : Insights and challenges for inter- vention. Journal of Adolescence, 22, 437-452. POZZOLI, T., ANG, R.P. & ANG, R. (2012). Bystanders' reactions to bullying: A cross-cultural analysis of per- sonal correlates among Italian and Singaporean students. Social Development, 21, 687-703.
SUTTON, J. & SMITH, P.K. (1999). Bullying as a group process : An adaptation of the participant role approach. Aggressive Behavior, 25, 97-111. FERGUSON, C.J., SAN MIGUEL, C., GARZA, A. & JERABECK, J. (2012). A longitudinal test of video game violence effects on dating violence, aggression and bullying : A 3-year longitudinal study of adolescents. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 46, 141-146. [PDF]
PELLIGRINI, AD., BARTINI, M. & BROOKS, F. (1999). School bullies, victims, and aggressive victims: Factors relating top group affiliation and victimization in early adolescence. Journal of Educational Psychology, 9, 216-224. POZZOLI, T., GINI, G. & VIENO, A. ( 2012). Individual and class moral disengagement in bullying among elemen- tary school children. Aggressive Behavior, 38, 378-388.
SUTTON, J., SMITH, P.K. & SWETTENHAM, J. (1999). Social cognition and bullying : social inadequacy or skilled manipulation? British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 17, 435-450. BERAN, T.N., RINALDI, C., BICKHAM, D. & RICH, M. (2012). Evidence for the need to support adolescents dealing with harassment and cyber-harassment: Prevalence, progression, and impact. School Psychology International, 33, (5), 562-576.
DUNCAN, R.D. (1999). Peer and sibling aggression : An investigation of intra- and extra-familial bullying. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 14, 871-886. JIMERSON, S.R., RUDERMAN, M. & FRASER, S. (2012). School violence. In A.C. Michalos (Ed), Encyclopedia of quality of life research. New York : Springer Science.
SMITH, P.K., MORITA, Y., JUNGER-TAS, J., OLWEUS, D., CATALANO, R. & SLEE, P. (Eds.) (1999). The nature of school bullying : A cross-national perspective. London : Routledge. THORNBERG, R. & JUNGERT, T. (2013). Bystander behavior in bullying situations: basic moral sensitivity, moral disengagement and defender self-efficacy, 2013, Journal of Adolescence, (36), 3, 475-483. [PDF]
PELLEGRINI, A.D., BARTINI, M. & BROOKS, F. (1999). School bullies, victims, and aggressive victims: Factors relating to group affiliation and victimization in early adolescence. Journal of Educational Psychology, 91 (2), 216-224. BARNIGHT, L.J., HUBBARD, J.A. & HYDE, C T. (2013). Children’s physiological and emotional reactions to witnessing bullying predict bystander intervention. Child Development, 84, 375-390.
WOLKE, D. & STANFORD, K. (1999). Bullying in school children. In D. Messer & S. Millar (Eds.), Developmental psychology (pp. 341-360). London : Arnold Publisher. RODKIN, P.C. HANNISH, L.D., WANG, S. & LOGIS, H.A. (2014). Why the bully/victim relationship is so pernicious : A gendered perspective on power and animosity among bullies and their victims. Development & Psychopathology, 26, 689-704.
FORERO, R., McLELLAN, L. RISSEL, C. & BAUMAN, A. (1999). Bullying behaviour and psychosocial health among school students in New South Wales, Australia : cross sectional survey. British Medical Journal, 319, 344-348. [PDF] YEAGER, D.S. FOG, C.J., LEE, H.Y. & ESPELAGE, D. (2015). Declines in efficacy of anti-bullying programs among older adolescents: Theory and a three-level meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 37, 36-51.
OLWEUS, D. (1999). Violences entre élèves, harcèlements et brutalités. Éditions ESF. BERAN, T.N., MISHNA, F., McINROY, L.B. & SHARIFF, S. (2015). Children's Experiences of Cyberbullying: A Canadian National Study. Children & Schools 37 (4), 207-214. [PDF]
COWIE, H. & OLAFSSON, R. (1999). The role of peer support against bullying. School Psychology International, 20, 96-105. RODKIN, P.C., ESPELAGE, D.L. & DANISH, L.D. (2015). A relational framework for understanding bullying : Developmental antecedents and outcomes. American Psychologist, 70 (4), 311-321. [PDF]
Voir aussi Cyberharcèlement et Harcèlement
Harcourt Alexander H. ( ) : Primatologue anglais d'origine kenyienne, spécialisé dans l'étude du gorille. Collaborateur de De Waal, Fossey et Watts.
HARCOURT, A.H., STEWART, K.J. & FOSSEY, D. (1976). Male emigration and female transfer in wild mountain gorilla. Nature, 263, 226-227.
HARCOURT, A.H. (1978). Strategies of emigration and transfer by primates with particular reference to gorillas. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 48, 401-420.
HARCOURT, A.H. (1979). Social relationships among adult female mountain gorillas. Animal Behaviour, 27, 251-264.
HARCOURT, A.H. & STEWART, K.J. (1987). The influence of help in contests on dominance rank in primates : hints from gorillas. Animal Behaviour, 35, 182-190.
HARCOURT, A.H., STEWART, K.J. & HAUSER, M. (1993). Functions of wild gorilla "close" calls. I. Repertoire, context, and interspecific comparison. Behaviour, 124, (1/2), 89-122.
Hardin/Harding
Garrett Hardin Sandra G. Harding
 
Hardin Garrett (1915-2003) : Zoologiste et écologiste américain. Il est un des signataires du Groupe des 52.
HARDIN, G. (1968). The tragedy of the commons. Science, 162, 1243-1248. [PDF]
HARDIN, G. (1971). Population, biology and law. Journal of Urban Law, 48, 563-578.
HARDIN, G. (1983). Is violence natural ? Zygon, 18, 405-413.
HARDIN, G. (1985). Human ecology : the subversive, conservative science. American Zoologist, 25, 469-476.
HARDIN, G. (1998). Extensions of «The tragedy of the commons». Science, 280, 682-683.
Harding Sandra G. (1935-) : Philosophe féministe et épistémologue américaine.
HARDING, S. (1986). The science question in feminism. Ithaca : Cornell University Press. [PDF]
HARDING, S. (1987). Is there a feminist method ? In S. Harding (Ed.), Feminism and methodology : social science issues (pp. 1-14). Indiana University Press. [PDF]
HARDING, S. (1993). After the neutrality ideal : Science, politics, and «strong objectivity». Social Research, 59 (3), 567-587. [PDF]
HARDING, S. (1993). Rethinking standpoint epistemology : «What is strong objectivity» ? In L. Potter-Alcoff & E. Potter (Eds.), Feminist epistemologies (pp. 49-82). New York : Routledge, Chapman and Hall, Inc. [PDF]
HARDING, S. (1996). La science moderne est-elle une ethnoscience ?. In R. Waast (Dir.). Les sciences hors d'Occident au 20ème siècle = 20th century sciences : beyond the metropolis (p. 239-261.) Paris : ORSTOM. [PDF]
Hare/Hare-Mustin
Brian Hare Robert D. Hare Rachel T. Hare-Mustin
 
Hare Brian (Atlanta 1976-) : Anthropologue et primatologue cognitiviste américain, spécialiste de la psychologie comparée et de la cognition animale, notamment chez le chien, le chimpanzé et le bonobos. Étudiant de Wrangham. Collaborateur de Addessi, Call, Hauser, Tomasello, Trut et Visalberghi.
 HARE, B., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (1998). Communication of food location between human and dog (Canis familiaris). Evolution of Communication, 2 (1), 137-159. [PDF]
 HARE, B., CALL, J., AGNETTA, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (2000). Chimpanzees know what conspecifics do and do not see. Animal Behaviour, 59, 771-785. [PDF]
 HARE, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (2004). Chimpanzees are more skillful in competitive than in cooperative cognitive tasks. Animal Behaviour, 68, 571-581. [PDF]
 HARE, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (2004). Human-like social skills in dogs ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9 (9), 439-444. [PDF]
 HARE, B. & KWETUENDA, S. (2010). Bonobos voluntarily share their own food with others. Current Biology, 20, 230-231. [PDF]
Hare Robert D. ( ) : Psychologue américain spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement des psychopathes.
 HARE, R.D. & QUINN, M.J. (1971). Psychopathy and autonomic conditioning. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 77, 223-235.
 HARE, R.D., McPHERSON, L.M. & FORTH, A.E. (1988). Male psychopaths and their criminal careers. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 710-714.
 HARE, R.D. (1995). Psychopaths : New trends in research. Harvard Mental Health Letter, 12 (3), 4-5.
 HARE, R.D. & NEUMANN, C.S. (2005). Structural models of psychopathy. Current Psychiatry Reports, 7 (1), 57-64.
 HARE, R.D. & NEUMANN, C.S. (2008). Psychopathy as a clinical and empirical construct. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 4, 217-246. [PDF]
Hare-Mustin Rachel T. ( ) : Psychologue et féministe américaine. Collaboratrice de Crawford, Marecek et Unger.
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (1978). A feminist approach to family therapy. Family Process, 17, 181-194.
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. & MARECEK, J. (1986). Autonomy and gender: Some questions for therapists. Psychotherapy, 23, 205-212.
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. & MARECEK, J. (1988). The meaning of difference : Gender theory, postmodernism, and psychology. American Psychologist, 43, 455-464.
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (1991). Sex, lies, and headaches : The problem is power. The Journal of Feminist Family Therapy, 3, 39-61.
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (2004). Can we demystify theory ? Examining masculinity discourses and feminist postmodern theory. Journal of Theoretical & Philosophical Psychology, 24, 14-29.
Harfang (Bubo scandiacus) : Oiseau. = ookpik. Snowy owl.

  THERRIEN, J.-F., FITZGERALD, G., GAUTHIER, G. & BÊTY, J. (2011). Diet–tissue discrimination factors of carbon and nitrogen stable isotopes in blood of Snowy Owl (Bubo scandiacus). Canadian Journal of Zoology, 89, 343-347.
THERRIEN, J.-F., GAUTHIER, G. & BÊTY, J. (2015). Survival and reproduction of adult snowy owls tracked by satellite. Journal of Wildlife Management, 76 (8), 1562-1567.
THERRIEN, J.-F., GAUTHIER, G., ROBILLARD, A., LECOMTE, N. & BÊTY, J. (2015). Écologie de la reproduction du harfang des neiges dans l'Arctique canadien. Le Naturaliste Canadien, 139 (1), 17-23.
Voir aussi Animal, Oiseau et Hibou
Hargrave George E. ( ) : Psychologue organisationnel américain et spécialiste du monde policier.

HARGRAVE, G.E. (1985). Using the MMPI and CPI to screen law enforcement applicants: A study of reliability and validity of clinicians' decisions. Journal of Police Science & Administration, 13, 221-224.
HARGRAVE, G.E., HIATT, D. & GAFFNEY, T.W. (1988). F+4+9+Cn: An MMPI measure of aggression in law enforcement officers and applicants. Journal of Police Science & Administration, 16, 268-273.
HARGRAVE, G.E., HIATT, D. (1995). An analysis of outpatient psychotherapy quality improvement indicators. Managed Care Quarterly, 3 (1), 1-3.
HARGRAVE, G.E., HIATT, D. & SHAFFER, I.A. (2007). The impact of mental health disorders on work productivity. EAP Digest, 27 (3), 34-35.
HARGRAVE, G.E., HIATT, D., ALEXANDER, R. & SHAFFER, I.A. (2008). EAP treatment impact on presenteeism and absenteeism : Implications for return on investment. Journal of Workplace Behavioral Health, 23 (3), 283-293. [PDF]
Harlow Harry F. (1905-1981) : Psychologue et primatologue américain spécialisé dans la psychologie comparative (humain-singe) et dans l'étude du développement et de l'attachement. Président de l'APA en 1958. = Harry Israel. Professeur de Maslow et Suomi. Collaborateur de Mckinney.

No 26
HARLOW H.F., UEHLING, H. & MASLOW, A.H. (1932). Delayed reaction tests on primates from the lemur to the orangutan. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 13,313-343.
HARLOW H.F. (1949). The formation of learning sets. Psychological Review, 56, 51-65.
HARLOW, H.F. & ZIMMERMANN, R.R. (1959). Affectional responses in the infant monkey. Science, 130, 421-432.
HARLOW, H.F. & KUENNE, M. (1962). Social deprivation in monkeys. Scientific American, 207, 136-146.
HARLOW, H.F. & SUOMI, S.J. (1974). Induced depression in monkeys. Behavioral Biology, 12, 273-296.
 
SEARS, R.R. (1982). Obituary : Harry Frederick Harlow (1905-1981). American Psychologist, 37 (11), 1280-1281.
THOMAS, R.K. (2012). Harlow, Harry. In R.W. Rieber (Ed.), Encyclopedia of the jistory of psychological Theories (pp. 504-506). New York : Springer-Verlag.
Harmon-Jones Eddie ( ) : Psychosociologue et neuropsychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dissonance cognitive. Collaborateur d'Amodio, Berkovitz et Brehm.
HARMON-JONES, E. & GREENBERG, J., SIMON, L., NELSON, D.E. & BREHM, J.W. (1996). Evidence that the production of aversive consequences is not necessary to create cognitive dissonance Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 70 (1), 5-16. [PDF]
HARMON-JONES, E. (2000). Cognitive dissonance and experienced negative affect: Evidence that dissonance increases experienced negative affect even in the absence of aversive consequences. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1490-1501. [PDF]
HARMON-JONES, E. & HARMON-JONES, C. (2002). Testing the action-based model of cognitive dissonance: The effect of action-orientation on post-decisional attitudes. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 711-723. [PDF]
HARMON-JONES, E., PETERSON, C.K. & HARRIS, C. R. (2009). Jealousy : Novel methods and neural correlates. Emotion, 9, 113-117. [PDF]
HARMON-JONES, E., GABLE, P.A. & PRICE, T.F. (2011). Leaning embodies desire: Evidence that leaning forward increases relative left frontal cortical activation to appetitive stimuli. Biological Psychology, 87, 311–313. [PDF]
Harmonie/Harmonieux : Se dit notamment d'un groupe ou d'un couple dont la cohésion est forte et l'efficacité est grande. Harmony.

  SAGUY, T., TAUSCH, N., DOVIDIO, J.F. & PRATTO, F. (2009). The irony of harmony : Intergroup contact can produce false expectations for equality. Psychological Science, 29, 114-121.
Harnad Stevan ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain d'origine hongroise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la catégorisation et de la conscience. Il s'intéresse également au processus de communication scientifique et au rôle dans ce processus des comités de lecture. Il est le concepteur de Cogprints. Collaborateur de Catania.
HARNAD, S. (1982). Consciousness : An afterthought. Cognition & Brain Theory, 5, 29-47. [LIRE]
HARNAD, S. (2001). Explaining the mind : Problems, problems. The Sciences, 41 (2), 36-43.
HARNAD, S. (2003). Can a machine be conscious ? How ? Journal of Consciousness Studies, 10 (4-4), 69-75. [LIRE]
HARNAD, S. (2005). Distributed processes, distributed cognizers and collaborative cognition. Pragmatics & Cognition, 13 (3), 501-514.
HARNAD, S. & DROR, I. (2006). Distributed cognition : Cognizing, autonomy and the Turing test. Pragmatics & Cognition, 14 (2), 209-213.
Harré Rom H. (1927-) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste des méthodes qualitatives. Chef de file du socioconstructivisme. Collaborateur de Margolis et Moghaddam.
HARRÉ, R. (1960). An introduction to the logic of the sciences. New York : St. Martin's Press.
HARRÉ, R. (1983). Personal being : A theory for a corporal psychology. Oxford : Blackwell.
HARRÉ, R. & FINLAY-JONES R. (1986). Emotion talk across times. In R. Harré (Ed.), The social construction of emotions (pp. 220-223). Oxford : Basil Blackwell.
HARRÉ, R. (1991). Physical being : a theory for a corporal psychology. Oxford : Blackwell.
HARRÉ, R. (1993). Social being : a theory for a social psychology. Oxford : Blackwell.
BHASKAR, R. (Ed.) (1990). Harré and his critics : Essays in honour of Rom Harre with his commentary on them. Oxford : Blackwell.
Harrington F.H. ( ) : Éthologiste et zoologiste canadien spécialisé dans l'étude du comportement des canidés, notamment des loups. Collaborateur de Fentress et Mech.
HARRINGTON, F.H. & MECH, D.L. (1979). Wolf howling and its role in territory maintenance. Behaviour, 68 (3/4), 207-249.
HARRINGTON, F.H. (1981). Urine-marking and caching behavior in the wolf. Behaviour, 76, 280-288.
HARRINGTON, F.H. & MECH, L.D. (1983). Wolf pack spacing : howling as a territory-independent spacing mechanism in a territorial population. Behavior, Ecology & Sociobiology, 13, 19-26.
HARRINGTON, F.H, RYON, J. & FENTRESS, J.C. (1987). Multiple or extended estrus in a coyote (Canis latrans). American Midland Naturalist, 117, 218-220.
HARRINGTON, F.H. & MECH, L.D. (1989). Chorus howling by wolves : Acoustic structure, pack size, and the beau geste effect. Bioacoustics, 2, 117-136.
Harris
Chauncy Dennison Harris John Harris Sam Harris
Marvin Harris John P. Harris Zelig Sabbetai Harris
 
Harris Chauncy Dennison (Logan 1914-2003) : Géographe américain. Collaborateur de Ullman.
HARRIS, C.D. & ULLMAN, E.L. (1945). The nature of cities. Annals of the American Academy of Political & Social Science, 242, 7-17.
HARRIS, C.D. (1970). Cities of the Soviet Union : studies in their functions, size, density, and growth. Chicago : Published for Association of American Geographers by Rand McNally.
 
MURPHY, A.B. (2004). Chauncy D. Harris (1914-2003), geographer extraordinaire. Geographical Review, 94 (1), 107-114.
MIKESELL, M.W. (2004). Chauncy Dennison Harris (1914-2003). Annals of the Association of American Geographers, 94 (4), 982-991.
Harris Marvin (Brooklyn New York 1927-2001 Gainesville États-Unis) : Anthropologue américain et chef de file du matérialisme culturel.
HARRIS, M. (1964). The nature of cultural things. New York : Random House.
HARRIS, M. (1979). Cultural materialism. New York : Random House : Random House.
HARRIS, M. (1981). America now : The anthropology of a changing culture . New York : Random House.
HARRIS, M. (1983). Culture anthropology. New York : Harper and Row.
HARRIS, M. (1986/2007). Cultural materialism and behavior analysis : Common problems and radical solutions. The Behavior Analyst, 30, 37-47. [PDF]
 
LLOYD, K.E. (1985). Behavioral anthropology : A review of Marvin Harris’ cultural materialism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (2), 279-287. [PDF]
VARGAS, E.A. (1985). Cultural contingencies : A review of Marvin Harris’s Cannibals and Kings. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (1), 419-428. [PDF]
MALAGODI, E.F. & JACKSON, K. (1989). Behavior analysis and cultural analysis : Troubles and issues. The Behavior Analyst, 12, 17-33. [PDF]
Harris John (1666-1719) : Érudit et encyclopédiste anglais. On lui doit la rédaction de la première encyclopédie.
HARRIS, J. (1704). Lexicon technicum : Or, an universal english dictionary of arts and sciences: Explaining not only the terms of Art, but the arts themselves.
 
 
 
 
Harris John P. ( ) : Neuropsychologue anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de la vision, de la perception et des illusions. Collaborateur de Gregory.
HARRIS, J.P. & GREGORY, R.L. (1973). Fusion and rivalry of illusory contours. Perception, 2, 235-247.
HARRIS, J.P. & GREGORY, R.L. (l981). Tests of the hallucinations of "Ruth". Perception, 10, 351- 354.
HARRIS, J.P., CLAVERT, J.E. & LEENDERTZ, J.A. & PHILLIPSON, O.T. (1990). The influence of dopamine on spatial vision. Eye, 4, 806-812.
GREGORY, R.L., HARRIS, J.P., HEARD, P.F. & ROSE, D. (1995). The artful eye. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
HARRIS, J.P., ATKINSON, E.A., LEE, A.C., NITHI, K. & FOWLER, M.S. (2003). Hemispace differences in the visual perception of size in left hemi-Parkinson's disease. Neuropsychologia, 41 (7), 795-807.
Harris Sam (1967-) : Neuropsychologue, philosophe et écrivain, spécialisé dans l'étude des religions, des croyances et de l'athéisime. Collaborateur de Cohen.
HARRIS, S. (2005). End of faith : Religion, terror, and the future of reason. Penguin.
HARRIS, S. (2006). Science must destroy religion. In J. Brockman (Ed.), What is your dangerous idea ? New York : Simon and Schuster.
HARRIS, S. KAPLAN, J.T., CURIEL, A., BOOKHEIMER, S.Y., IACOBONI, M. & COHEN, M.S. (2009). The neural correlates of religious and nonreligious belief. PLoS ONE, 4 (10), 7272.
DOUGLAS, P.K., HARRIS, S., YUILLE, A. & COHEN, M.S. (2011). Performance comparison of machine learning algorithms and number of independent components used in fMRI decoding of belief vs. disbelief. Neuroimage, 56 (2), 544-553.
HARRIS, S. (2011). The moral landscape : How science can determine human values. Free Press.
Harris Zelig Sabbetai (Balte Ukraine 1909-1992) : Linguistestructuraliste et cognitivisme américain. Professeur de Chomsky.
HARRIS, Z. (1951). Methods in structural linguistics. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.
HARRIS, Z. (1955). From phoneme to morpheme. Language, 31 (2), 190-222. [PDF]
HARRIS, Z. (1957). Co-occurrence and transformation in linguistic structure. Language, 33 (3), 283-340.
HARRIS, Z. (1982). A grammar of english on mathematical principles. New York, NY : John Wiley & Sons.
HARRIS, Z. (1991). A theory of language and information : A mathematical approach. Oxford & New York : Clarendon Press.
 
NEVIN, B. (2002). The legacy of Zellig Harris : Language and information into the 21st century, vol. 1: Philosophy of science, syntax and semantics. Philadelphia : John Benjamins.
Harrow Martin ( ) : Psychiatre américain spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement de la schizophrénie. Collaborateur de Grossmanet Westermeyer.
HARROW, M., TUCKER, G.J. & SHIELD, P. (1972). Stimulus overinclusion in schizophrenic disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 27, 40-45.
HARROW, M., GREEN, K.E., SANDS, J.R., JOBE, T.H., KOLDBERG, J.F., KAPLAN, K.J. & MARTIN, E.M. (2000). Thought disorder in schizophrenia and mania : Impaired contex. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 26 (4), 879-891. [PDF]
HARROW, M., GROSSMAN, L., HERBENER, E. & DAVIS, E. (2000). Ten-year outcome : Patients with schizoaffective disorders, schizophrenia, affective disorders and mood-incongruent psychotic symptoms. British Journal of Psychiatry, 177, 42-426. [PDF]
HARROW, M., GROSSMAN, L., JOBE, T.H. & HERBENER, E. (2005). Do patients with schizophrenia ever show periods of recovery ? A 15 year multi-followup study. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 31 (3), 723-734. [PDF]
HARROW, M. & JOBE, T.H. (2007). Factors involved in outcome and recovery in schizophrenia patients not on antipsychotic medications : A 15-year multifollow-up study. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 195 (5), 406-414. [PDF]
Hart Betty M. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américaine et spécialiste de l'apprentissage des comportements verbaux (langage et vocabulaire). Avec Risley, elle est l'auteure d'une recherche longitudinale sur l'influence du milieu socio-économique sur l'acquisition du langage et le développement du vocabulaire chez les jeunes enfants. Collaboratrice de Baer, Todd et Risley.
HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1968). Establishing use of descriptive adjectives in the spontaneous speech of disadvantaged preschool children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (2), 109-120. [PDF]
HART, B.M., REYNOLDS, N.J., BAER, D.M., BRAWLEY, F.R. & HARRIS, F.R. (1968). Effect of contingent and non-contingent social reinforcement on the cooperative play of a preschool child. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 73-76. [PDF]
HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1975). Incidental teaching of language in the preschool. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8 (4), 411-420. [PDF]
HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1995). Meaningful differences in the everyday experience of young american children. Baltimore : P.H. Brookes Publishing Co.
HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1999). The social world of children learning to talk. Baltimore : Paul H. Brookes Publishing Co.
Hartley David (Halifax 1705-1757 Bath) : Philosophe associationiste anglais.
  HARTLEY, D. (1749). Observations on man, his frame, his duty, and his expectations. Bath : Leake and Frederick.
 
 
 
 
WADE, N.J. (2005). The persisting vision of David Hartley (1705-1757). Perception, 34, 1-6. [PDF]
Hartmann Heinz (Vienne 1894-1970 Stony Point/New York) : Psychanalyste américain et père de la psychologie du moi. Il a été analysé par Rado et analysé de Nacht. Collaborateur de Kris et Loewenstein.
HARTMANN, H. (1939). Psycho-analysis and the concept of health. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 20, 308-321.
HARTMANN, H.H., KRIS, E. & LOEWENSTEIN, R.M. (1949). Notes on the theory of aggression. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 3, 9-36.
HARTMANN, H. (1950). Psychoanalysis and developmental psychology. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 5, 7-17.
HARTMANN, H. (1958). Comments on the scientific aspects of psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 13, 127-146.
HARTMANN, H. (1968). La psychologie du moi et le problème de l'adaptation. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
 
  PALOMBO, J., BENDICSEN, H.K. & KOCH, B.J. (2009). Guide to psychoanalytic developmental theories. Springer Science. [PDF]
Harvard Educational Review : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Harvard Education Publishinng Group.
MOWRER, O.H. (1947). On the dual nature of learning : A re-interpretation of "conditioning" and "problem-solving". Harvard Educational Review, 17, 102-148.

Harvard Review of Psychiatry : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Harvard Education Publishinng Group.
GOLDMAN, H.H. (1998). Deinstitutionalization and community care : Social welfare policy as mental health policy. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 6, 219-222.

Harvey Philip D. ( ) : Neurocognitiviste et spécialiste de l'étude de la schizophrénie et des problèmes cognitifs qui en découlent. Collaborateur de Bellack et Keefe.

HARVEY, P.D., LEFF, J. TRIEMAN, N, ANDERSON, J. & DAVIDSON, M. (1997). Cognitive impairment in geriatric chronic schizoph renic patients : a cross-national study in New York and London. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 12, 1001-1007.
HARVEY, P.D., RABINOWITZ, J., EERDEKEENS, M. & DAVIDSON, M. (2005). Treatment of cognitive impairment in early psychosis : a comparison of risperidone and haloperidol in a large long-term trial. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1888-1895
HARVEY, P.D., VELLGAN, D.I. & BELLACK, A.S. (2007). Performance-based measures of functional skills: usefulness in clinical treatment studies. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 33, 1138-1148. [PDF]
HARVEY, P.D. (2010). Cognitive functioning and disability in schizophrenia. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 19 (4), 249-254.
HARVEY, P.D. (2011). Mood symptoms, cognition, and everyday functioning in major depression, bipolar disorder, and schizophrenia. Innovation in Clinical Neuroscience, 8 (10), 14-18. [PDF]
Harzem Peter (Istanbul 1930-2008 Auburn) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain d'origine turque. Étudiant de Schoenfeld. Collaborateur de Lattal, Lowe et Zeiler.
HARZEM, P. (1984). Smuggled connotations and the importance of the nothing-else clause : Comments on Skinner’s «The operational analysis of psychological terms». The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 7, 559.
HARZEM, P. (1995). Searching in ruins for truth : The life and works of John B. Watson - A review of modern perspectives on John B. Watson and classical behaviorism. The Behavior Analyst, 18 (2), 377-384. [PDF]
HARZEM, P. (1996). The craft of understanding the mind : Why it cannot be a science. Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis, 22, 5-17. [PDF]
HARZEM, P. (2000). Towards a new behaviorism. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 51-60. [PDF]
HARZEM, P. (2004). Behaviorism for new psychology : what was wrong with behaviorism and what is wrong with it now. Behavior & Philosophy, 32, 5-12. [PDF]
 
BUSKIST, W. (2009). Remembering Peter Harzem : Teacher-scholar extraordinaire. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 91 (3), 287-291. [PDF]
Hasard : Selon Cournot, le hasard est la convergence dans le temps et dans l'espace de deux séries causales indépendantes (EX: Une pomme tombe (première série) sur votre tête (événement hasardeux) au moment où vous passez sous un arbre (seconde série). Pour certains théoriciens, il s'agit ici d'une coïncidence, (ou d'une malchance ! ), et non du hasard. Dans certaines théories, le hasard désigne également l'absence de cause (théories stochastiques) ou l'absence de causes identifiées. En statistique, le hasard désigne l'incapacité de prédire un événement particulier, événement que l'on peut par ailleurs reproduire à l'infini (EX: Les forces qui s'exercent sur les faces d'un dé parfait sont en principe identiques pour chacune des faces, donc ces forces s'annulent lorsque le dé est jeté, laissant ainsi au hasard "le soin" de déterminer sur quelle face tombera le dé). Hasard, chance et nombre aléatoire. = aléatoire ou probabiliste, absence de causalité, absence de déterminisme, imprévisibilité. Random.
Hasard
Sujets distribués au hasard Les deux moments du hasard Perception du hasard
Sujets choisis au hasard  
 

   LAPLACE, P.S. (1774). Mémoire sur les suites récurro-récurrentes et sur leurs usages dans la théorie des hazards. Mémoires de l'Académie des sciences de l'Institut de France, 6, 353-371.  
PIAGET, J. (1950). Une expérience sur la psychologie du hasard chez l'enfant : le tirage au sort des couples. Acta Psychologica, 7 (2/4), 321-336. LAURENCELLE, L. (2001). Hasard, nombres aléatoires et méthode Monte Carlo. Montréal : Presses Universitaires du Québec.
INHELDER, B. et PIAGET, J. (1951/74). Genèse de l'idée du hasard chez l'enfant. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. TAILLEFER, A. et LADOUCEUR, R. (2002). Les loteries télévisées, leur contenu et la notion de hasard. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 23, 5-16.
BADDELEY, A.D. (1966). The capacity for generating information by randomization. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 18, 119-129. DIACONIS, P. (2005). What is ... a random matrix ? Notices of the American Mathematical Society, 52, 1348-1349.
NEURINGER, A. (1970). Can people behave randomly ? : The role of feedback. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 115, 62-75. GAUVRIT, N. (2007). Vous avez dit hasard ? Entre mathématiques et psychologie. Belin.
RUBIN, D. (1974). Estimating causal effects in randomized and non-randomized studies. Journalof Educational Psychology, 66(5), 688-701. [PDF]  
BAYER, D. & DIACONIS, P. (1992). Trailing the dovetail shuffle to its lai. Annals of Applied Probability, 2, 294-313. [PDF] SHADISH, W.R., CLARK, M.H. & WONG, V.C. (2008). Can nonrandomized experiments yield accurate answers ? A randomized experiment comparing random and nonrandom assignments. Journal of the American Statistical, 103 (484), 1334-1356. [PDF]
TEIGEN, K.H. (1998). Hazards mean luck : Counterfactual thinking and perceptions of good and bad fortune in reports of dangerous situations and careless behaviour. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 39, 235-248.  
MARTIN, B. (1998). Coïncidences : Remarkable or random ? Skeptical Inquirer, 22 (5), 23-28.  
Voir aussi Cause, Déterminisme et Test statistique
Hasard (Choisir les sujets d'une recherche au...) : Voir Échantillonnage.
Hasard (Conception/Perception du...) :

   TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1971). Belief in the law of small numbers.Psychological Bulletin, 76 (2), 105-110.
 MARTIN, G.L. & HEOMSTRA, N.W. (1973). The perception of hazard by children. Journal of Safety Research, 5, 238-246.
 GILOVITCH, T., VALLONE, R. & TVERSKY, A. (1985). The hot hand in basketball : On the misperception of random sequences. Cognitive Psychology, 17, 295-314.
FISHBEIN, E. & SCHNARCH, D. (1997). The evolution with age of probabilistic, intuitively based misconceptions. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 28, 96-105.
BATANERO, C. & SERRANO, L. (1999). The meaning of randomness for secondary school students. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 30 (5), 558-567.
LECOUTRE, M-P., ROVIRA, K., LECOUTRE, B. & POITEVINEA, J. (2006). People’s intuitions about randomness and probability : an empirical study. Statistics Education Research Journal, 5, 20-35.
ROVIRA, K., LECOUTRE, M.-P., LECOUTRE, B. et POITEVINEAU, J. (2010). Catégorisation de situations d'incertitude et variabilité des points de vue sur le hasard. Bulletin de Psychologie, 505, 69-80. [PDF]
Voir aussi Jeu de hasard
Hasard (Distribuer les sujets d'une recherche au...) : Stratégie de contrôle développée par Fisher, qui consiste à répartir dans les groupes expérimentaux et de contrôle les sujets de l'échantillon afin d'obtenir des groupes équivalents, et ainsi neutraliser les effets nuisibles et contaminants des variables parasites connues et inconnues. Cette procédure permet d'accroître la validité interne de la recherche fondamentale et des essais cliniques. N.D.L.R. Le mot randomiser est un anglicisme. = deuxième moment du hasard, assignation ou répartition aléatoire, répartition au hasard. Randomization, random assignment, randomized controlled trial.

  Rôle du hasard
KENDALL, M.G. & SMITH, B. (1938). Randomness and random sampling numbers. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, 101 (1), 147-166.  
WALD, A. & WOLFOWITZ, J. (1951). Two methods of randomization in statistics and the theory of games. The Annals of Mathematics, 53 (3), 581-86. KUNZ, R. & OXMAN A.D. (1998). The unpredictability paradox : review of empirical comparisons of randomised and non-randomised clinical trials. British Medical Journal, 317, 1185-90.
COX, D.R. (1956). A note on weighted randomization. The Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 27, 1144-1151.  
BADDELEY, A.D. (1966). The capacity for generating information by randomization. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 18, 119-129. DEHUE, T. (2001). Establishing the experimenting society. The historical origination of social experimentation according to the randomized controlled design. American Journal of Psychology, 114 (2), 283-302.
RUBIN, D. (1974). Estimating causal effects in randomized and non-randomized studies. Journalof Educational Psychology, 66(5), 688-701. [PDF] DEHUE, T. (2002). A dutch treat. Randomized controlled experimentation and the case of heroin-maintenance in the Netherlands. History of the Human Sciences, 15 (2), 75-98.
BORUCH, R.F. (1975). Coupling randomizedexperiments and approximations to experiments in social program evaluation. Sociological Methods & Research, 4 (1), 31-53. DEVEREAUX, P.J. & YUSUF, S. (2003). The evolution of the randomized controlled trial and its role in evidence-based decision making. Journal of Internal Medicine, 254, 105-113.
CHAITIN, G. (1975). Randomness and mathematical proof. Scientific American 232, 47-52.  
EDGINGTON, E.S. (1975). Randomization tests for one subject operant experiments. The Journal of Psychology, 90 (1), 57-68 BLOOM, H.S. (2005). Randomizing groups to evaluate place-based programs. In H.S. Bloom (Ed.), Learning more from social experiments : Evolving analytic approaches (pp. 115-172). New York : Russell Sage Foundation.
LINDLEY, D.V. (1982). The use of randomization in inference. Philosophy of Science Association, 2, 431-436.  
BERGER, J.O. (1987). Randomization. In J. Eatwell, M. Milgate & P. Newman (Eds.), The new Palgrave. Macmillan. Press, London. KLEIST, P. (2006). Randomisée. Contrôlée. En double aveugle. Pourquoi ? Curriculum : Forum Medical Suisse, 6, 46-51. [PDF]
BAER, D.M. (1993). Quasi-random assignment can be as convincing as random assigment. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 97, 373-374. ENDERS, C.K., STUETZLE, R. & LAURENCEAU, J.P. (2006). Teaching random assignment : A classroom demonstration using a deck of playing cards. Teaching of Psychology, 33, 239.
LABOV, J.B. & FIRMAGE, D.H. (1994). Introducing concepts of random ordering and random assignment of subjects : Computer- assisted classroom and laboratory exercises. The American Biology Teacher, 56, 169-173. DUFLO, E. & GLENNESTER, R. & KREMER, M. (2008). Using randomization in development economics research : A toolkit. In T.P.l Schultz and J.A. Strauss (Eds.), Handbook of development economics (Vol. 4, pp. 389-396). Amsterdam : Elsevier.
EDGINGTON, E.S. (1995). Randomization tests. New York : Marcel-Dekker. BOLTON, D. (2008). The epistemology of randomized, controlled trials and application in psychiatry. Philosophy, Psychiatry & Psychology, 15 (2), 159-165.
SHADISH, W.R. & RAGSDALE, K. (1996). Random versus nonrandom assignment in controlled experiments : Do you get the same answer ? Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64 (6), 1290-1305. FREEDMAN, D.A. (2008). Randomization does not justify logistic regression. Statistical Science, 23 (2), 237-249. [PDF]
DEHUE, T. (1997). Deception, efficiency, and random groups : Psychology and the gradual origination of the random group design. Isis, 88 (4), 653-673. SHADISH, W.R., CLARK, M.H. & WONG, V.C. (2008). Can nonrandomized experiments yield accurate answers ? A randomized experiment comparing random and nonrandom assignments. Journal of the American Statistical, 103 (484), 1334-1356. [PDF]
  Voir aussi Hasard
Hasard : Exemple
MYNORS-WALLACE, L.M., GATH, D.H., LLOYD-TTHOMAS, A.R. & TOMLISON, D. (1995). Randomized controlled trial comparing problem solving treatment with amitripty-line and placebo for major depression in primary care. British Medical Journal, 310, 441-445. BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M., SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W. (2000). Cognitive-behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their combination for panic disorder : A randomized controlled trial. Journal of American Medical Association, 283 (19), 2529-2536. [PDF]
CLARKE, G.N., HAWKINS, W., MURPHY, M., SHEEBER, L.B., LEWINSHON, P.M. & SEELY, J.R. (1995). Targeted prevention of unipolar depressive disorder in an at-risk sample of high school adolescents : A randomized trial of a group cognitive intervention. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 34, 312-321. SOFRONOFF, K., ATTWOOD, T. & HINTON, S. (2005). A randomised controlled trial of a CBT intervention for anxiety in children with Asperger syndrome. Journal of Child Psycholoy & Psychiatry, 46 (11), 1152-1160.
SICHER, F., TARG, E.F., MOORE, D. & SMITH, H.S. (1998). A randomized double-blind study ofthe effect of distant healing in a population with advanced AIDS : Report of a small scale study. Western Journal of Medicine, 169, 356-363. [PDF] ROGERS, S.J., ESTES, A., LORD, C., VISMARA, L., WINTER, J., FITZPATRICK, A., GUO, M. & DAWSON, G. (2012). Effects of a Brief Early Start Denver Model (ESDM)-Based Parent Intervention on toddlers at risk for autism spectrum disorders: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 51 (10), 1052-1065. [PDF]
AIKEN, L.S., WEST, S.G., SCHWALM, D.E., CARROLL, J.L. & HSIUNG, S. (1998). Comparison of a randomized and two quasi-experimental designs in a single outcome evaluation : Efficacy of a university-level remedial writing program. Evaluation Review, 22, 207-244.  
Voir aussi Stratégie de contrôle
Hasard (Les deux moments du...) : Dans une recherche expérimentale, le hasard peut intervenir à deux moments distincts et indépendants l'un de l'autre : 1) les sujets d'une recherche peuvent être choisis au hasard (échantillonnage probabiliste), ce qui accroît la validité externe d'une recherche; 2) les sujets peuvent être distribués au hasard dans les x groupes expérimentaux ou contrôle de l'expérience ou de la quasi-expérience, ce qui favorise l'équivalence des groupes et permet ainsi d'augmenter la validité interne de la recherche et de ses conclusions. = les deux temps du hasard, aléatorisation, randomisation.

 
Haselton Martie G. ( ) : Psychologue évolutionniste américaine. Collaboratrice de Buss, Debruine, Gangestad, Jones, Peplau et Perrett.
HASELTON, M.G. & BUSS, D.M. (2000). Error management theory : A new perspective on biases in cross-sex mind reading. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 78, 81-91. [PDF]
HASELTON, M.G. & BUSS, D.M. (2001). The affective shift hypothesis : The functions of emotional changes following sexual intercourse. Personal Relationships, 8, 357-369. [PDF]
HASELTON, M.G. & GANGESTAD, S.W. (2006). Conditional expression of women's desires and men's mate guarding across the ovulatory cycle. Hormones & Behavior, 49, 509-518. [PDF]
HASELTON, M.G., BRYANT, G.A., WILKE, A., FREDERICK, D. A., GALPERIN, A., FRANKENHUIS, W. & MOORE, T. (2009). Adaptive rationality : An evolutionary perspective on cognitive bias. Social Cognition, 27, 733-763.
HASELTON, M.G. & GILDERSLEEVE, K. (2011). Can men detect ovulation ? Current Directions in Psychological Science, 20, 87-92. [PDF]
Hasher Lynn ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la mémoire, notamment de l'interférence de l'oubli et du rappel libre, Elle s'intéresse également aux différences d'âge et au vieillisement. Étudiante de Postman. Professeure de Lustig. Collaboratrice de Johnston, Radvansky et Zacks.
HASHER, L. (1971). Retention of free recall learning: The whole-part problem. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 90, 8-17. [PDF]
HASHER, L. & JOHNSON, M.K. (1975). Interpretive factors in forgetting. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 1, 567-575. [PDF]
HASHER, L., ZACKS, R.T., ROSE, K.C. & SANFT, H. (1987). Truly incidental encoding frequency information. American Journal of Psychology, 100, 69-91. [PDF]
HASHER, L., QUIG, M.B. & MAY, C.P. (1997). Inhibitory control over no-longer-relevant information : Adult age differences. Memory & Cognition, 25, 286-295. [PDF]
HASHER, L., CHUNG, C., MAY, C.P. & FOONG, N. (2002). Age, time of testing, and proactive interference. Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology, 56 (3), 200-207. [PDF]
Haslam
Nick Haslam S. Alex Haslam
 
Haslam Nick ( ) : Psychologue australien.
HASLAM, N., ROTHSHIELD, L. & ERNST, D. (2000). Essentialist beliefs about social categories. British Journal of Social Psychology, 39, 113-127.
HASLAM, N. & ERNST, D. (2002). Essentialist beliefs about mental disorders. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 21, 682-711.
HASLAM, N., BASTIAN, B. & BISSETT, M. (2004). Essentialist beliefs about personality and their implications. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1661-1673. [PDF]
HASLAM, N. (2011). Genetic essentialism, neuroessentialism, and stigma : Commentary on Dar-Nimrod and Heine (2011). Psychological Bulletin, 137 (5), 819-824.
HASLAM, N. & LOUGHAN, S. (2014). Dehumanization and infrahumanization. Annual Review of Psychology, 65, 399-423.
 
DAR-NIMROD, I. & HEINE, S.J. (2011). Some thoughts on essence placeholders, interactionism, and heritability : Reply to Haslam (2011) and Turkheimer (2011). Psychological Bulletin, 137 (5), 829–833. [PDF]
Haslam S. Alex ( ) : Psychologue social et organisationnel anglais, spécialiste de l'étude des stéréotypes, des organisations et de la tyranie qui découle de l'asymétrie du pouvoir. Collaborateur de McGarty, Oakes, Postmes, Reicher, Reynolds, Spears et Turner.
HASLAM, S.A., TURNER, J.C., OAKES, P.J., McGARTY, C. & HAYES, B.K. (1992). Context-dependent variation in social stereotyping 1 : The effects of intergroup relations as mediated by social change and frame of reference. European Journal of Social Psychology, 22 (1), 3-20.
 HASLAM, S.A., POSTMES, T. & ELLEMERS, N. (2003). More than a metaphor : Organizational identity makes organizational life possible. British Journal of Management, 14, 357-369.
 HASLAM, S.A., RYAN, M.K., POSTMES, T., SPEARS, R., JETTEN, J. & WEBLEY, P. (2006). Sticking to our guns: Social identity as a basis for the maintenance of commitment to faltering organizational projects. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 27, 607-628.
 HASLAM, S.A. & REICHER, S.D. (2007). Beyond the banality of evil : Three dynamics of an interactionist social psychology of tyranny. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 33, 615-622.
 HASLAM, S.A. & REICHER, S.D. (2008). Questioning the banality of evil. Psychologist, 21, 16-19. [PDF]
Hastorf Albert H. (New York 1921-2011 Palo Alto) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialisée dans l'étude de la perception sociale. Collaborateur de Jones et Markus.
HASTORF, A.H. & CANTRIL, H. (1954). They saw a game : A case study. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 49, 129-134.
HASTORF, A.H. (1957). Emmert's law and size-constancy. American Journal of Psychology, 70 (1), 114-116.
HASTORF, A.H. (1970). Person Perception : Topics in social psychology. Addison-Wesley Educational Publishers Inc.
HASTORF, A.H. & ISEN A.M. (1981). Cognitive social psychology. Elsevier Science Ltd.
JONES, E.E., FARINA, A., HASTORF, H.A., MARKUS, H., MILLER, D.T., SCOTT, R.A. & FRENCH, R.S. (1984). Socials stigma : The psychology of marked relationships. New York : W.H. Freeman and Company.
 
ROSS, L.D. (2012). Albert H. Hastorf III (1921-2011). American Psychologist, 67 (6), 493.
Hatemi Peter K. ( ) : Généticien et politologue australien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la relation entre les gènes, le vote et les opinions politiques. Étudiant de Eaves.Collaborateur de Mcdermott.
HATEMI, P.K., MORLEY, K.I., MEDLAND, S.E., HEATH, A.C. & MARTIN, N.G. (2007). The genetics of voting : An Australian twin study. Behavior Genetics, 37, 435-448. [PDF]
HATEMI, P.K., MEDLAND, S.E. & EAVES, L.J. (2009). Genetic sources for the gender gap ? Journal of Politics, 71 (1), 262-276.
HATEMI, P.K., GILLESPIE, N.A., EAVES, L.J., MAHER, B.S., WEBB, B.T., HEATH, A.C., MEDLAND, S.E., SMYTH, D.C., BEEBY, H.N., GORDON, S.D., MONTGOMERY, G.W., ZHU, G., BYRNE, E.M. & MARTIN, N.G. (2011). Genome-wide a analysis of political attitudes. Journal of Politics, 73 (1), 1-15. [PDF]
HATEMI, P.K., McDERMOTT, R., BAILEY, J.M. & MARTIN, N.G. (2012). The different effects of gender and sex on vote choice. Political Research Quarterly, 65 (2), 1-17. [PDF]
HATEMI, P.K. & McDERMOTT, R. (2012). Broadening political psychology. Political Psychology, 3 (1), 11-25.
Hatfield
Elaine C. Hatfield Gary Hatfield
 
Hatfield Elaine C. (1937-) : Psychosociologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'attraction interpersonnelle, de l'équité, des relations de couple et de l'amour. = Élaine Walster. Étudiante de Festinger. Collaboratrice d'Aronson, Berscheid, Cacioppo, Dion, Hsee, Piliavin, Stephan et Walster.
WALSTER, E., ARONSON, V., ABRAHAMS, D. & ROTTMAN, L. (1966). The importance of physical attractiveness in dating behavior. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 4, 508-516.
HATFIELD, E. & SPRECHER, S. (1986). Measuring passionate love in intimate relationships. Journal of adolescence, 9, 383-410. [PDF]
HATFIELD, E., CACIOPPO, J.T. & RAPSON, R.L. (1993). Emotional contagion. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 2, 96-99. [PDF]
HATFIELD, E., HSEE, C.K., COSTELLO, J., WEISMAN, M.S. & DENNEY, C. (1995). The impact of vocal feedback on emotional experience and expression. Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 10 (2), 293-313. [PDF]
HATFIELD, E. & RAPSON, R.L. (2005). Social justice and the clash of cultures. Psychological Inquiry, 1 (4), 172-175. [PDF]
Hatfield Gary ( ) : Philosophe et historien des sciences, notamment de la psychologie.
HATFIELD, G. (1997). The workings of the intellect : Mind and psychology. In P. Easton (Ed.), Logic and the workings of the mind : The logic of ideas and faculty psychology in early modern philosophy (pp. 21-45). Atascadero : Ridgeview Publishing Co. [PDF]
HATFIELD, G. (1998). The cognitive faculties. In ed. by M. Ayers and D. Garber (Eds.), Cambridge History of Seventeenth Century Philosophy (pp. 953-1002.) Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. [PDF]
HATFIELD, G. (1998). Attention in early scientific psychology. In R.D. Wright (Ed.), Visual Attention (pp 3-25). New York : Oxford University Press. [PDF]
HATFIELD, G. (2002). Psychology, philosophy, and cognitive science : Reflections on the history and philosophy of experimental psychology. Mind & Language, 17, 207-232. [PDF]
HATFIELD, G. (2003). Behaviorism and Psychology. In T. Baldwin (Ed.), Cambridge History of Philosophy, 1870-1945 (pp. 640-648). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. [PDF]
Hathaway Starke Rosecrans (Michigan 1903-1984 Minneapolis) : Psychométricien américain. Il est, avec McKinnley, l'inventeur du test du MMPI. Collaborateur de McKinnley et Meehl.
HATHAWAY, S.R. & McKINLEY, J.C. (1940). A multiphasic personality schedule (Minnesota) : Construction of the schedule. Journal of Psychology, 10, 249-254.
HATHAWAY, S.R. & McKINLEY, J.C. (1942). Manual for the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. (1942). Manual for the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Minneapolis : University of Minnesota Press.
HATHAWAY, S.R. & MEEHL, P.E. (1951). An atlas for the clinical use of the MMPI. Minneapolis : University of Minnesota Press.
 
DAHLSTROM, W.G., MEEHL, P.E. & SCHOFIELD, W. (1986). Starke Rosecrans Hathaway (1903–1984). American Psychologist, 41 (7), 834–835.
Hattie John A. (Timaru 1950-) : Spécialiste nouveau-zélandais de la pédagogie et de l'éducation. Il a proposé un classement des facteurs qui favorisent l'apprentissage et la réussite scolaire. Collaborateur de Anderman.
HATTIE, J.A. (1987). Identifying the salient facets of a model of student learning : A synthesis of meta-analyses. International Journal of Educational Research, 11, 187-212.
HATTIE, J.A. (1992). Towards a model of schooling : A synthesis of meta-analyses. Australian Journal of Education, 36, 5-13.
HATTIE, J.A. (2003). Teachers make a difference : What is the research evidence ? Australian Council for Educational Research Annual Conference on Building Teacher Quality, Melbourne. [PDF]
HATTIE, J.A.C. & PEDDIE, R. (2003). School reports: "Praising with faint damns". Set : Research information for teachers, 3, 4-9.
HATTIE, J.A. (2009). Visible learning : A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. New York : Routledge.
 
SNOOK, I., CLARK, J., HARKER, R., O'NEILL, A.-M. & O'NEILL, J. (2010). Invisible learnings ? A commentary on John Hattie's "Visible Learning : A Synthesis of over 800 Meta- Analyses Relating to Achievement". New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 44 (1), 93-106
Hatwell Yvette ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste européenne, d'origine française, spécialiste du toucher et de la perception haptique. Professeure de Gentaz. Collaboratrice de Pylyshyn.
HATWELL, Y. (1959). Perception tactile des formes et organisation spatiale tactile. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique, 56, 187-204.
HATWELL, Y., OSIEK, C. & JEANNERET, V. (1973). L’exploration perceptive tactile d’un ensemble d’objets chez l’enfant et chez l’adulte. L’Année Psychologique, 73, 419-441
HATWELL, Y. (1987). Motor and cognitive functions of the hand. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 10, 509-526.
HATWELL, Y. (1995). Children’s memory for location and object properties in vision and haptics : automatic or attentional processing ? CPC - Current Psychology on Cognition, 14, 47-71.
HATWELL, Y. (2003). Le développement perceptivo-moteur de l’enfant aveugle. Enfance, 1, 88-94.
Haugeland John (1945-) : Philosophe cognitif américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence artificielle. Progesseur de Van Gelder.
HAUGELAND, J. (1978). The nature and plausibility of cognitlvism. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 1, 215-226.
HAUGELAND, J. (1985). Artificial intelligence : The very idea. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
HAUGELAND, J. (1987). Computation and cognition : Toward a foundation for cognitive Science by Zenon W. Pylyshyn. Philosophy of Science, 54 (2), 309-311.
HAUGELAND, J. (1987). Semantic engines : an introduction to mind design. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design. Cambridge Mass. : MIT Press.
HAUGELAND, J. (1998). Having thought : Essays in the metaphysics of mind. Harvard : Harvard University Press.
Haun Daniel B. M. ( ) : Psychologue et primatologue cognitiviste américain, d'origine allemande. Collaborateur de Call, Tennie et Tomasello.
HAUN, D.B.M. & CALL, J., JANZEN, G, & LEVINSON, S. C. (2006). Evolutionary psychology of spatial representations in the hominidae. Current Biology, 16 (17), 1736-1740.
HAUN, D.B.M. & TOMASELLO, M. (2011). Conformity to peer pressure in preschool children. Child Development, 82 (6), 1759-1767. [PDF]
HAUN, D.B.M. & CALL, J. (2008). Imitation recognition in great apes. Current Biology, 18 (7), 288-290.
HAUN, D.B.M., RAPOLD, C.J., CALL, J., JANZEN, G. & LEVINSON, S.C. (2006). Cognitive cladistics and cultural override in Hominid spatial cognition. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 103 (46), 17568-17573. [PDF]
HAUN, D.B.M., VAN LEEUWEN, E.J.C. & EDELSON, M.G. (2013). Majority influence in children and other animals. Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience, 3, 61-71.
Hauser
Kaspard Hauser Marc D. Hauser
 
Hauser Kaspard : En éthologie, nom donné aux expériences d'isolement réalisées avec des animaux, notamment les oiseaux, et qui permettent d'étudier le phénomène d'empreinte. Ce nom fait référence à un jeune homme perturbé - Kaspar Hauser - découvert à Nuremberg en 1828, et qui aurait souffert d'un long et profond isolement social. = Gaspard Hauser.

  WASSERMANN, J. (1908/33). Gaspard Hauser ou la paresse du coeur. Paris : Éditions Grasset.
GIRALDEAU, L.A. & DUBOIS, F. (2009). Le comportement animal. Paris : Dunod.
Hauser Marc D. (1959-) : Biologiste américain, psychologue évolutionniste et cognitiviste américain. Collaborateur de Allen, Chomsky, Fitch, Hare et Premack.
ALLEN, C. & HAUSER, M.D. (1993). Communication and cognition : Is information the connection ? Philosophy of Science Association, 2, 81-91.
HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948.
HAUSER, M.D., CHOMSKY, N. & FITCH, W.T. (2002). The language faculty : What is it, who has it, and how did it evolve? Science, 298, 1569-1579. [PDF]
HAUSER, M., CHEN, M.K., CHEN, F. & CHUANG, E. (2003). Give unto others : genetically unrelated cotton-top tamarin monkeys preferentially give food to those who altruistically give food back. Proceedings of the Royal Society B, 270, 2363-2370. [PDF]
HAUSER, M.D. (2009). The possibility of impossible cultures. Nature, 460, 190-196.
Hausfater Glenn ( ) : Primatologue et spécialiste des babouins. Collaborateur d'Altmann et Hrdy.

HAUSFATER, G. (1975). Knuckle walking by a baboon. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 43, 303-305.
HAUSFATER, G. (1976). Predatory behavior of yellow baboons. Behaviour, 56, 44-68.
HAUSFATER, G. & WATSON, D.F. (1976). Social and reproductive correlates of parasite ova emissions by baboons. Nature, 262, 688-689.
HAUSFATER, G. & TAKACS, D. (1987). Structure and function of hindquarter presentations in yellow baboons (Papio cynocephalus ). Ethology, 74, 297-319.
HAUSFATER, G., CAIRNS, S.J. & LEVIN, R.N. (1987). Variability and stability in the rank relations of nonhuman primate females : analysis of computer simulation. American Journal of Primatology, 12, 55-70. [PDF]
Hawkley Louise C. ( ) : Psychosociologue et neurocognitiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des déterminants neuro-biologiques des comportements sociaux, notamment la sollitude. Collaboratrice de Cacioppo.
HAWKLEY, L.C., BURLESON, M.H., BERNSTON, G.G & CACIOPPO, J.T. (2003). Loneliness in everyday life : Cardiovascular activity, psychosocial context, and health behaviors. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 85, 105-120. [PDF]
HAWKLEY, L.C. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (2004). Stress and the aging immune system. Brain, Behavior & Immunity, 18, 114-119. [PDF]
HAWKLEY, L.C., MASI, C.M., CACIOPPO, J.T. & BERRY, J.D. (2006.). Loneliness is a unique predictor of age-related differences in systolic blood pressure. Psychology & Aging, 21(1), 152-164. [PDF]
HAWKLEY, L.C. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (2007). Aging and loneliness : Downhill quickly ? Current Directions in Psychological Science, 16, 187-191. [PDF]
HAWKLEY, L.C. THISTED, R.A. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (2009). Loneliness predicts reduced physical activity : Cross-sectional and longitudinal analyses. Health Psychology, 28, 354-363. [PDF]
Hawthorne : Voir Effet Hawthorne.
Hayduk Leslie A. : Sociologue et statisticien canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la distance personnelle et dans l'utilisation de Lisrel.Collaborateur de Rhodes.
HAYDUK, L.A. (1978). Personal space : An evaluative and orienting overview. Psychological Bulletin, 85 (1), 117-134.
HAYDUK, L.A. (1983). Personal space : Where we now stand. Psychological Bulletin, 94, 293-335.
HAYDUK, L.A. (1985). Personal space : The conceptual and measurement implications of structural equation models. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 17, 140-149.
HAYDUK, L.A. (1994). Personal space : Understanding the simplex model. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 18 (3), 245-260.
HAYDUK, L.A. (2014). Seeing perfectly fitting factor models that are causally misspecified understanding that close-fitting models can be worse. Educational & Psychological Measurement, 1-22. [PDF]
Hayek Friedrich August von (Vienne 1899-1992) : Économiste et psychologue américain d'origine autrichienne. Prix Nobel d'économie en 1974 et chef de file de l'École autrichienne. Étudiant de Mises.
HAYEK, F.A. (1937). Economics and knowledge. Economica, 4, 33-54.
HAYEK, F.V. (1941). The pure theory of capital. Chicago : University of Chicago Press.
HAYEK, F.A (1953). Scientisme et sciences sociale. Paris : Plon.
HAYEK, F.V. (1976). The constitution of liberty. Routledge.
 
MAHONEY, M.J. & WEIMER, W.B. (1994). Friedrich A. Hayek (1899-1992) : Obituary.American Psychologist, 49 (1), 63.
INFANTINO, L. (1998). Individualism in modern thought. from Adam Smith to Hayek. London : Routledge.
Hayes
Adele M. Hayes Keith J. Hayes Steven C. Hayes
Cathy Hayes Linda J. Heyes  
 
Hayes Adele M. ( ) : Psychologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des thérapies. Collaboratrice de Goldfried.
HAYES, A.M. & FELDMAN, G. (2004). Clarifying the construct of mindfulness in the context of emotion regulation and the process of change in therapy. Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 11 (3), 255-262.
HAYES, A.M. (1996). Dynamic systems theory as a paradigm for the study of change in psychotherapies for depression. Constructive Change, 1, 9-12.
 
 
Hayes Cathy ( ) : Primatologue américaine. En collaboration avec Hayes, Elle a dressé un singe, Viki. Collaboratrice de Hayes.
HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1951). The intellectual development of a home-raised chimpanzee. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 95 (2), 105-109.
HAYES, C. (1951). The ape in our house. Harper & Brothers.
HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1952). Imitation in a home-raised chimpanzee. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 45, 450-459.
HAYES, C. (1953). Viki et nous. Paris : Hachette.
HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1955). The cultural capacity of chimpanzee. In J.A. Gavan (Ed.), The non-human primates and human evolution (pp. 110-125). Detroit : Wayne University Press.
Hayes John R. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des processus cognitifs responsables de la production écrite, notamment de la rédaction de texte. Collaborateur de Flower.

HAYES, J.R. & FLOWER, L.S. (1980). Identifying the organisation of writing processes. In L.W. Gregg & E.R. Steinberg (Eds.), Cognitive processes in writing : An interdisciplinary approach (pp. 3-30). Hillsdale : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
HAYES, J.R., FLOWER, L.S., SCHRIVER, K.A., STATMAN, J.C. & AREY, L. (1987). Cognitive processes in revision. In S. Rosenberg (Ed.), Advances in psycholinguistics (Vol. 2, pp. 176-240). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
HAYES, J.R. (1996). A new framework for understanding cognition and affect in writing. In C. Levy & S. Ransdell (Eds.), The science of writing : theories, methods, individual differences and applications (pp. 1-28). Mahwah : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
HAYES, J.R. & MASH, J. (1996). On the nature of planning in writing. In C. Levy & S. Ransdell (Eds.), The science of writing : theories, methods, individual differences and applications (pp. 29-51). Mahwah : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
HAYES, J.R. (2004). What triggers revision ? In L. Allal, L. Chanquoy & P. Largy (Eds.), Revision. cognitive and instructional processes (pp. 9-20). Dordrecht : Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Hayes Keith J. ( ) : Primatologue américain. En collaboration avec Hayes, il a dressé un singe, Viki. Collaborateur de Hayes.

HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1951). The intellectual development of a home-raised chimpanzee. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 95 (2), 105-109.
HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1955). The cultural capacity of chimpanzee. In J.A. Gavan (Ed.), The non-human primates and human evolution (pp. 110-125). Detroit : Wayne University Press.
HAYES, K.J. & NISSEN, C.H. (1971). Higher mental functions of a home-raised chimpanzee. In A.M. Schrier & F. Stollnitz (Eds.), Behavior of nonhuman primates (pp. 59-115). New York : Academic Press.
Hayes Linda J. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américaine. = L.J. Parrott. Collaborateur de Chase, Clayton, Hayes,O'Donohue, Rehfeldt et Twohig.
PARROTT, L.J. (1983). Defining social behavior : An exercise in scientific system building. The Psychological Record, 33(4), 533-550.
HAYES, L.J. (1992). The psychological present. Behavior Analyst, 15, 139-145.
HAYES, S.C. & HAYES, L.J. (1992). Verbal relations and the evolution of behavior analysis. American Psychologist, 47, 1383-1395.
HAYES, L.J. (1998). Remembering as a psychological event. Journal of Theoretical & Philosophical Psychology, 18, 135-143.
FRYLING, M.J. & HAYES, L.J. (2011). The concept of function in the analysis of behavior. Revista Mexicana de Analisis de la Conducta, 37 (1) 11-20. [PDF]
Hayes Steven C. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des règles de contingence et père de la théorie mot-milieu (relational frame theory) et de la thérapie de l'acceptation et de l'engagement (avec Stroshal et Wilson). Professeur de Twohig. Collaborateur d'Antonuccio, Barlow, Barnes-Holmes, Barnes-Holmes, Biglan, Dixon, Dougher, Eifert, Forsyth, Hayes, Gaudiano, Kohlenberg, O'Donohue, Roemer, Stroshal, Tsai, Villatte, Wilson, Zettle et Zvolensky.
HAYES, S.C., JONHSON, V.S. & CONE, J.D. (1975). The marked item technique : A practical procedure for liter control. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8 (3), 81-386. [PDF]
HAYES, S.C., BROWNSTEIN, A.M., HAAS, J.R. & GREENWAY D.E. (1986). Instructions, multiples chedules, and extinction : Distinguishing rule-governed from schedule-controlled behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 46, 137-147. [PDF]
HAYES, S.C. & HAYES, L.J. (1992). Verbal relations and the evolution of behavior analysis. American Psychologist, 47, 1383-1395. [PDF]
HAYES, S.C. & WILSON, K.G. (1994. Acceptance and commitment therapy : Altering the verbal support for experiential avoidance).The Behavior Analyst, 17 (2), 289-303. [PDF]
HAYES, S.C., LUOMA, J., BOND, F., MASUDA, A. & LILLIS J. (2006). Acceptance and commitment therapy : Model, processes, and outcomes. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 44 (1), 1-25. [PDF]
Haynes Stephen N. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'analyse fonctionelle du comportement et de ses applications.
HAYNES S.C. & O´BRIEN, W.H. (1990). Functional analysis in behavior therapy. Clinical Psychology Review, 10, 649-668.
HAYNES S.C. & FOLLETE, W. C. (1992). Can functional analysis provide a substitute for syndromal classification? Behavioral Assessment, 14, 345-365.
HAYNES S.C. & FOLLETE, W.C. (1993). The challenge faced by behavioral assessment. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 9, 182-188.
HAYNES, S.C. & LEISEN, M.B. & BLAINE, D.D (1997). Design of individualized behavioral treatment programs using functional analytic clinical case models. Psychological Assessment, 9 (4), 334-348. [PDF]
HAYNES S.C. & WILLIAMS, A.E. (2003). Case formulation and design of behavioral treatment programs. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 19, 164-174.
Hazan Cyndy ( ) : Psychologue écologiste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'amour et de l'attachement chez l'adulte. Collaboratrice de Diamond et Shaver.
HAZAN, C. & SHAVER, P.R. (1987). Romantic love conceptualized as an attachment process. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 52, 511-524.
HAZAN, C. & SHAVER, P.R. (1990). Love and work : An attachment-theoretical perspective. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 59, 270-280.
HAZAN, C. & SHAVER, P.R. (1994). Attachment as an organizational framework for research on close relationships. Psychological Inquiry, 5 (1), 1-22. [PDF]
HAZAN, C. & ZEIFMAN, D. (1999). Pair bonds as attachments : Evaluating the evidence. In J. Cassidy & P. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment theory and research (pp. 336-354). New York : Guilford Press.
HAZAN, C. & DIAMOND, L.M. (2000). The place of attachment in human mating. Review of General Psychology, 4, 186-204.
HEBB - HEIDEGGER - HELMHOLTZ - HÉMISPHÈRE - HEMPEL - HÉRÉDITÉ - HÉRITABILITÉ - HERRNSTEIN - HERZBERG - HEURISTIQUE - HI
Head sir Henry (Londres 1861-1940) : Médecin et physiologiste anglais. Il est surtout connu pour ses travaux sur la sensation. Collaborateur de Sherrington.
HEAD, H. (1920). Aphasia and kindred disorders of speech. Mind, 87-165.
 
 
 
 
Head start : Voir Projet Head Start.
Health Care for Women International : Revue scientifique. multidisciplianaire qui consacre ses pages aux femmes. Éditeur : Oxford Journals.
RICHMAN, J. & JASON, L. (2000). Feminist perspectives on the social construction of chronic fatigue syndrome. Health Care for Women International, 21, 173-185.

Health Economic : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Oxford Journals.
FLETCHER, J.M. (2010). Social interactions and smoking : Evidence using multiple student cohorts, instrumental variables, and school fixed effects. Health Economics, 19 (4), 466-484.

Health Education Research : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Oxford Journals.
JESSOR, R. (1990). Road safety and health behavior : Some lessons for research and intervention. Health Education Research, 5, 281-283.

Health Psychology : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages à la santé physique et mentale. Éditeur : APA.
WHALEN, C.K., JAMNER, L.D., HENKER, B. & DELFINO, R.J. (2001). Smoking and moods in adolescents with depressive and aggressive dispositions : Evidence from surveys and electronic diaries. Health Psychology, 20, 99-111. [PDF]

Health Psychology Review : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages à la santé physique et mentale. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis Group.
KAPTEIN, A. (2010). Pick up the pieces and go home on the demise of health psychology. Health Psychology Review, 5 (1), 39-47.

Healy David (Dublin-) : Psychiatre irlandais, spécialiste et critique de l'industrie pharmaceutique et des thérapies médicamenteuses, notamment du Prozac. Il s'intéresse également aux effets des psychotropes sur le suicide. Collaborateur de Shorter.
HEALY, D. (1994). The fluoxetine and suicide controversy. CNS Drugs 1, 252-254. [PDF]
HEALY, D. (1997/2002). The antidepressant era. Cambridge : Harvard University Press /Le temps de la dépression. Paris : Les Empêcheurs de penser en rond.
HEALEY, D. (2000). Emergence of antedepressant induced suicidality. Primary Care Psychiatry, 6 (1), 23-28. [PDF] + [PDF]
HEALY, D. (2000). Good science or good business ? The Hastings Center Report, 30 (2), 19-22. [PDF]
HEALY, D. (2003). Lines of evidence on the risks of suicide with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatic, 72, 71-79. [PDF]
 
Hearst Eliot S. (1932-) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage, notamment du conditionnement. Il s'intéresse également à la psychologie des échecs. Étudiant de Schoenfeld. Collaborateur de Chabris, Cumming et Jenkins.
HEARST, E. (1958). The behavioral effects of some temporally defined schedules of reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1 (1), 45-56. [PDF]
HEARST, E. (1961). Resistance-to-extinction functions in the single organism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4 (2), 133-144. [PDF]
HEARST, E. (1968). Discrimination learning as the summation of excitation and inhibition. Science, 162, 1303-1306.
HEARST, E., BESLEY, S. & FARTHING, G. (1970). Inhibition and the stimulus control of operant behavior. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 14 (3), 373-409. [PDF]
HEARST, E. & KNOTT, J. (2008). Blindfold chess : History, psychology, techniques, champions, world records, and important games. Jefferson, NC : McFarland.
 
MECHNER, F. (2010). Chess as a behavioral model for cognitive skill research : review of blindfold chess by Eliot Hearst and John Knott. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94 (3), 373-386. [PDF]
Heath Andrew C. ( ) : Psychiatre américain et spécialiste de l'étude des déterminants de l'alccolisme. Collaborateur de Eaves, Hewitt, Kendler et Kessler.
HEATH, A.C., NEALE, M.C., HEWITT, J.K., EAVES, L.J. & FULKER, D.W. (1989). Testing structural equation models for twin data using LISREL. Behavior Genetics, 19, 9-35.
HEATH, A.C., MADDEN, P.A.F. & MARTIN, N.G. (1998). Statistical methods in genetic research on smoking. Statistical Methods in Medical Research, 7, 1–22.
HEATH, A.C. (1995). Genetic influences on alcoholism risk : A review of adoption and twin studies. Alcohol Health & Research World, 19, 166–171.
HEATH, A.C., BUCHOLZ, K.K., MADDEN, P.A.F., DINWIDDIE, S.H., SLUTSKE, W.S., STATHAM, D.J., DUNNE, M.P., WHITFIELD, J. & MARTIN, N.G. (1997). Genetic and environmental contributions to alcohol dependence risk in a national twin sample : Consistency of findings in men and women. Psychological Medicine, 27, 1381-1396.
HEATH, A.C. TODOROV, A.A., NELSON, E.C., MADDEN, P.A.F., BUCHOLZ, K.K. & MARTIN, N.G. (2002). Gene-environment interaction effects on behavioral variation and risk of complex disorders : The example of alcoholism and other psychiatric disorders. Twin Research, 5 (1), 30-37. [PDF]
Heaven Patrick C.L. ( ) :
HEAVEN, P.C.L. & BUCCI, S. (2001). Right-wing authoritarianism, social dominance orientation and personality : An analysis using the IPIP measure. European Journal of Personality, 15, 49-56.
HEAVEN, P.C.L. & ST QUINTIN, D. (2003). Personality factors predict racial prejudice. Personality & Individual Differences, 34, 625-634.
HEAVEN, P.C.L. ORGAN, L., SUPAVEDEEPRASIT. S. & LEESON, P. (2006). War and prejudice: A study in social values, right-wing authoritarianism, and social dominance orientation. Personality & Individual Differences, 40, 599-608.
HEAVEN, P.C.L., CIARROCHI, J. (2007). Religious values, personality, and the social and emotional well-being of adolescents. British Journal of Psychology, 98, 681-694.
HEAVEN, P.C.L., CIARROCHI, J. & LEESON, P. (2011). Cognitive ability, right-wing authoritarianism, and social dominance orientation : A five-year longitudinal study amongst adolescents. Intelligence, 39, 15-21. [PDF]
Hébéphrénie : Voir Schizophrénie hébéphrénique.
Hébéphréno-catatonie : Type de schizophrénie dans laquelle les symptômes catatoniques figurent au premier plan.

 
Hebb Donald Olding (Chester Nouvelle-Écosse Canada 1904-1985 Halifax Canada) : Psychobiologiste canadien. Il est l'un des pères de la psychobiologie cognitive (aujourd'hui neurocognition). On lui doit notamment la règle de Hebb. Président de l'APA en 1960. Professeur de Bindra, Milner, Melzack et Olds.
HEBB, D.O. (1946). Emotion in man and animal : An analysis of the intuitive processes of recognition. Psychological Review 53, 88-106. [LIRE]
HEBB, D.O. (1949). The organization of behavior : A neuropsychological theory. New York : Wiley.
HEBB, D.O. (1953). Heredity and environment in mammalian behavior. British Journal of Animal Behavior, 1, 43-47.
HEBB D.O. (1968). Concerning imagery. Psychological Review, 75, 466-477.
HEBB, D.O. (1980). Essay on mind. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
 
WERTHEIMER, M. (1951). Hebb and Senden on the role of learning in perception. American Journal of Psychology, 64, 133-137. BROWN, R.E. & MILNER, P.M. (2003). The legacy of Donald O. Hebb : more than the Hebb synapse. Naure Reviews/Neuroscience, 4, 1013-1019. [PDF]
STENT, G.S. (1973). A physiological mechanism for Hebb’s postulate of learning. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 70, 997-1001.  SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (2003). The once and future Hebb synapse. Canadian Psychology, 44, 17-20. [PDF]
BEACH, F.A. (1987). Obituary : Donald Olding Hebb (1904-1985). American Psychologist, 42 (2), 186-187. POSNER, M.I. & ROTHBART, M.K. (2004). Hebb's neural networks support the integration of psychological science. Canadian Psychologist, 45, 265-278. [PDF]
KLEIN, R.M. (1989) The Hebb legacy. Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology, 53, 1–3 BROWN, R.E. (2007). Thee life and work of donald olding hebb, canada's greatest psychologist. Proceedings of the Nova Scotian Institute of Science, 44 (1), 1-25. [PDF]
SPATZ, H.C. (1996). Hebb's concept of synaptic plasticity and neuronal cell assemblies. Behavioural Brain Research, 78 (1), 3–7.  
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1998). The Chicago Five : A family group of integrative psychobiologists. History of Psychology, 5 (1), 16-37. STEBBINS, H.E. (2011). Making connections : Creating a human neural network to demonstrate Hebbian learning. Journal of Behavioral & Neuroscience Research, 9 (2), 94-98. [PDF]
 SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1999). The book of Hebb. Neuron 24:773–776  
Hebb (Règle de...) : Hebbian learning rule.

   HÉLIE, S., PROULX, R. & LEFEBVRE, B. (2011). Bottom-up learning of explicit knowledge using a Bayesian algorithm and a new Hebbian learning rule. Neural Networks, 24, 219-232. [PDF]
Hébergement d'urgence : Ressource offerte aux personnes victimes de violence. Domestic violence shelter.

  AGUIRRE, B.E. (1985). Why do they return ? Abused wives in shelters. Social Work, 30, 350-354.
BERK, R.A., NEWTON, P.J. & BERK, S.F. (1986). What a difference a day makes : An empirical study of the impact of shelters for battered women. Journal of Marriage & Family, 48, 481-490.
CANNON, J.B. & SPARKS, J.S. (1989). Shelters-an alternative to violence : A psychosocial case study. Journal of Community Psychology 17, 203-213.
ZLOTNICK, C., MATTIA, J. & ZIMMERMAN, M. (2001). Clinical features of survivors of sexual abuse with major depression. Child Abuse & Neglect, 25, 357-367.
HAM-ROWBOTTOM, K.A., JARVIS, K.L., GORDON, E.E. & NOVACO R.W. (2005). Life constraints and psychological well-being of domestic violence shelter graduates. Journal of Family Violence, 20 (2), 109-121. [PDF]
Hébert Réjean (Québec 1955-) : Médecin et gériatre québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude du vieillissement, notamment du bien-être et de la perte d'autonomie des personnes agées.
HÉBERT, R., CARRIER, R. & BILODEAU, A. (1988). The functional autonomy measurement system (SMAF) : Description and validation of an instrument for the measurement of handicaps. Age & Ageing, 17 (5), 293-302.
HÉBERT, R., BRAYNE, C. & SPIEGELHALTER, D. (1997). Incidence of functional decline and improvement in a community dwelling very elderly population. American Journal of Epidemiology, 145, 935-944.
HÉBERT, R., GUILBAULT, J., DESROSIERS, J. & DUBUC, N. (2001). The functional autonomy measurement system (smaf): a clinical-based instrument for measuring disabilities and handicaps ln older people. Journal of the Canadian Geriatrics Society, 4, 141-147. [PDF]
HÉBERT, R., DESROSIERS, J., DUBUC, N., TOUSIGANT, M., GUILBEAULT, J. & PINSONNAULLT, E. (2003). Le système de mesure de l'autonomie fonctionnelle (SMAF). La Revue de Gériatrie, 28 (4), 323-336. [PDF]
HÉBERT, R., RAÎCHE, M, DUBOIS, M-F, GUEYE, N.R. (2012). Développement d'indicateurs pour valoriser des actions de prévention et de réadaptation de la perte d'autonomie des personnes âgées. Revue d'Épidémiologie et de Santé Publique, 60, 463-472.
Hécaen Henry (Brest 1912-1983 Paris) : Médecin français et pionnier de la neuropsychologie, spécialisé dans l'étude des aphasies, des troubles du langage et de la latéralisation du cerveau. Collaborateur de Ajuriaguerra et Lantéri-Laura.
AJURIAGUERRA, J. De et HÉCAEN, H. (1949). Le cortex cérébral, étude neuro-psycho-pathologique. Paris : Masson.
HÉCAEN, H. & LANTÉRI-LAURA, G. (1977). Évolution des connaissances et des doctrines sur les localisations cérébrales. Paris : Desdée de Bronwer.
HÉCAEN, H. (Dir.) (1978). La dominance cérébrale; une anthologie. Mouton & Co : Paris.
HÉCAEN, H. & ALBERT, M.L. (1978). Human neuropsychology. New York : John Wiley & Sons.
HÉCAEN, H. (1984). Les gauchers : étude neuropsychologique. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
 
DANCHIN, A. (1979). H. Hécaen : La dominance cérébrale. Une anthologie. L'Homme, 19 (2), 86-87. [PDF]
Hecker Ewald (Halle 1843-1909 Wesbaden) : Psychiatre allemand. Il est un des pères de la nosologie psychiatrique. Avec Karlbaum, il fut le premier à décrire les formes de ce que nous appelons de nos jours la schizophrénie (cyclothymique, catatonique, paranoïaque et hébéphrénique). Étudiant de Karlbaum.

HECKER, E. (1871). Die Hebephrenie. Ein Beitrag zur klinischen Psychiatrie. Arch. Pathol. Anat. Physiol. Klin. Med. Band, 52, 394-429.
 
 
 
 
Hédonisme/Hédonique : Doctrine philosophique qui considère le plaisir comme un principe ou un but essentiel de l'existence. Hedonism.

  RACHLIN, H. & HERRNSTEIN,R.J. (1969). Hedonism revisited : On the negative law of effect. In B. Campbell and R.M. Church (Eds.), Punishment and aversive behavior. New York : Appleton-Century-Croft
CIALDINI, R.B., DARBY, B.L. & VINCENT, J.E. (1973). Transgression and altruism : a case of hedonism. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 9 (6), 501-516.
KENRICK, D.T., BAUMANN, D. & CIALDINI, R.B. (1979). A step in the socialization of altruism as hedonism : Effects of negative mood on children's generosity under public and private conditions. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 37, 747-755.
BAUMANN, D.J., KENRICK, D.T., CIALDINI, R.B. (1983). Mood and sex differences in the development of altruism as hedonism. Academic Psychology Bulletin, 5, 299-207.
WILLIAMS, K.D., JACKSON, J.M. & KARAU, S.J. (1995). Collective hedonism : A social loafing analysis of social dilemmas. In D. A. Schroeder (Ed.), Social dilemmas: Perspectives on individuals and groups (pp. 117-141). New York : Praeger.
HIGGINS, E.T. (2006). Value from hedonic experience and engagement. Psychological Review, 113 (3), 439-460. [PDF]
Hédonisme (Mesure et évaluation de...) : Ensemble des tests et des outils de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer l'hédonisme.

   SCHMITT, M.J., SCHWARTZ, S.H., STEYER, R. & SCHMITT, T. (1993). Measurement models for the Schwartz Values Inventory. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 9, 107-121.
Hedges Larry V. ( ) : Statisticien et méthodologiste américain, spécialiste de l'éducation et de la méta-analyse. Collaborateur de Bushman, Cooper, Mosteller, Olkin et Shadish.
HEDGES, L. (1982). Estimation of effect size from a series of independent experiments. Psychological Bulletin, 7, 119-137.
HEDGES, L. & OLKIN, I. (1985). Statistical methods for meta-analysis. New York : Academic Press.
HEDGES, L.V. (1987), How hard is hard science, how soft is soft science ? The empirical cumulativeness of research. American Psychologist, 42, 443-455.
HEDGES, L.V. & PIGOTT, T.D. (2004). The power of statistical tests for moderators in meta-analysis. Psychological Methods, 9, 426-445.
HEDGES, L.V. & VEVEA, J. (2005). Selection model approaches to publication bias. In H. Rothstein, A. Sutton & M. Borenstein (Eds.), Publication bias in meta-analysis. New York : John Wiley.
Heerwegh Dirk ( ) : Méthodologiste belge et spécialiste de la mesure et des enquêtes par questionnaire administré en face-à-face.
HEERWEGH, D. & LOOSVELDT, G. (2002). Web surveys: The effect of controlling survey access using PIN numbers. Social Science Computer Review, 20, 10-21.
HEERWEGH, D. & LOOSVELDT, G. (2003). An evaluation of the semiautomatic login procedure to control Web survey access. Social Science Computer Review, 21 (2), 223-234. [PDF]
HEERWEGH, D. (2005). Effects of personal salutations in e-mail invitations to participate in a Web survey. Public Opinion Quarterly, 69 (4), 588-589. [PDF]
HEERWEGH, D. & LOOSVELDT, G. (2005). Face-to-face versus Web surveying in a high-internet-coverage population : Differences in response quality. Public Opinion Quarterly, 72 (5), 836-846. [PDF]
HEERWEGH, D. (2012). Mode differences between face-to-face and web surveys: an experimental investigation of data quality and social desirability effects. International Journal of Public Opinion Research, 21 (1), 111-121

Hefferline Ralph Franklin (Muncie 1910-1974) : Psychologue américain. Étudiant de Ferster. Pour la petite histoire, les notes sténographiques qu'il prit en assisant au cours de Skinner (Hefferline Notes) servirent au premier compte-rendu public des travaux de Skinner sur le comportement verbal, et de canevas à son livre publié quelques années plus tard, Verbal behavior (1957). Collaborateur de Perls.

HEFFERLINE, R.F. (1950). An experimental study of avoidance. Genetic psychology monograph, 42, 231-334. [PDF]
PERLS, F., HEFFERLINE, R.E. & GOODMAN, P. (1951/979). Gestalt therapy: Excitement and growth in the human personality. Gestalt Journal Press. / gestalt thérapie : Vers une théorie du Self : nouveauté, excitation et croissance. Montréal : Stanké.
 
 
KNAPP, T.J. (1986). Ralph Franklin Hefferline : The gestalt therapist among the Skinnerians or the Skinnerian among the gestalt therapists ? Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 22, 49-60. [PDF]
KNAPP, T.J. (2009). The Hefferline notes : B.F. Skinner's first public exposition of his analysis of verbal behavior. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 25, 99-107. [PDF]
Hegel Georg Friedrich Wilhelm (Stuttgart 1770-1831) : Philosophe idéaliste allemand. Il a développé la dialectique, une méthode de raisonnement, qui a inspiré le matérialisme dialectique de Marx et Engels. Professeur de Feuebach.
HEGEL, G.F.W. (1801). Différence entre les systèmes de Fichte et Schelling.
HEGEL, G.F.W. (1807). La phénoménologie de l'esprit.
HEGEL, G.F.W. (1812/16). La science de la logique/L’Être.
HEGEL, G.F.W. (1813). La doctrine de l’essence / La Science de la logique.
HEGEL, G.F.W. (1816). Science de la logique subjective, ou doctrine du concept.
Heidbreder Edna (Quincy États-Unis 1890-1985) : Psychométricienne américaine et historienne de la psychologie. Elle s'intéresse au rôle des femmes en psychologie.
HEIDBREDER, E. (1933/61/77/83). Seven psychologies. New York/London : Appleton-Century-Crofts.
HEIDBREDER, E. (1947). The attainment of concepts. The Journal of Psychology, 24, 93-138.
HEIDBREBER, E. (1947). Mary Whiton Calkins : A discussion. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 8, 56-68.
 
HENLE, M. (1987). Obituary : Edna Heidreder (1890-1985). American Psychologist, 42 (1), 94-95.
Heidegger Martin (Messkirch 1889-1976) : Philosophe idéaliste allemand et figure de proue de la phénoménologie. Étudiant de Husserl et professeur d'Arendt, Gadamer et Marcuse.
HEIDEGGER, M. (1916/78). The concept of time in the science of history. Journal of the British Society for Phenomen ology, 9, (1), 3-10. [PDF]
HEIDEGGER, M. (1927/62). Being and time. New York : Harper & Row.
HEIDEGGER, M. (1953). Kant et le problème de la métaphysique. Paris : Gallimard.
HEIDEGGER, M. (1957/64). Lettre sur l'humanisme. Paris : Aubier-Montaigne.
HEIDEGGER, M. (1959/76). Acheminement vers la parole. Paris : Gallimard.
 
OKRENT, M. (1988). Heidegger's pragmatism. Cornell.
DREYFUS, H.L. (1991). Heidegger's hermeneutic realism. In D. R. Hiley, J. F. Bohman, R. Shusterman (Eds.) The interpretive turn (pp. 25-41). Cornell.
SLUGA, H. (1993). Heidegger's crisis : Philosophy and politics in Nazi germany. Cambridge, M A: Harvard University Press.
KOMPRIDIS, N. (1999). Heidegger’s challenge and the future of critical theory. In P. Dews (Ed.). Habermas: A critical reader (pp. 118-152). Malden, MA : Blackwell Publishers.
Heider Fritz (1896-1988) : Psychosociologue américain. Il a proposé une théorie de la perception (balance theory) et développé l'une des toute premières théories de l'attribution. Étudiant de Meinong. Collaborateur de Bruner, Brunswick, Festinger, Osgood et Rappaport.
HEIDER, F. (1946). Attitudes and cognitive organization. Journal of Psychology, 21, 107-112.
BRUNER, J.S., BRUNSWICK, E., FESTINGER, E., HEIDER, F., MUENZINGER, K.E., OSGGOD, C.E. & RAPPAPORT, D. (1957). Contempary approaches to cognition. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
HEIDER, F. (1959). The psychology of interpersonal relations. N.J. : Editeur Hillsdale, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
 
HARVEY, J.H. (1989). Obituary : Fritz Heider (1896-1988). American Psychologist, 44 (3), 570-571.
MALLE, B.F. & ICKES, W. (2000). Fritz Heider : Philosopher and psychologist. In G.A. Kimble & M. Wertheimer (Eds.), Portraits of pioneers in psychology (Vol. 4, pp. 193-214). Washington, DC and Mahwah, NJ : American Psychological Association and Erlbaum.
MALLE, B.F. (2008a). Fritz Heider’s legacy : Celebrated insights, many of them misunderstood. Social Psychology, 39, 163-173.
Heimann Paula (1899-1982) : Psychanalyste anglaise, membre du Groupe de Klein. Étudiante de Klein.
HEIMANN, P. (1942). A contribution to the problem of sublimation and its relation to processes of internalization. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 23, 8-17.
HEIMANN, P. (1950). On counter-transference. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 31, 81-84.
HEIMANN, P. (1952). A contribution to the re-evaluation of the Oedipus Complex : The early stages. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 33, 84-92.
HEIMANN, P. (1962). Notes on the anal stage. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 43, 406-414.
HEIMANN, P. (1962). The curative factors in psycho-analysis : Contributions to discussion. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 43, 228-231.
Heimberg Richard G. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement des phobies et des troubles d'anxitété. Collaborateur de Chorpita, Craske, Hofmann et Rapee.
HEIMBERG, R.G. (1989). Cognitive and behavioral treatments for social phobia : A critical analysis. Clinical Psychology Review, 9, 107-128.
HEIMBERG, R.G., SALZMAN, D.G., HOLT, C.S. & BLENDELL, K.A. (1993). Cognitive-behavioral group treatment for social phobia : Effectiveness at five-year follow-up. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 17 (4), 325-339.
HEIMBERG, R.G., LIEBOWITZ, M.R., HOPE, D.A., SCHNEIER, F.R., HOLT, C.S., WELKOWITZ, L.A., JUSTER, H.R., CAMPEAS, R., BRUCH, M.A., CLOITRE, M., FALLAN, B. & KLEIN, D.F. (1998). Cognitive behavioral group therapy vs phenelzine therapy for social phobia : 12-week outcome. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55 (12), 1133-1141.
HEIMBERG, R.G. & RITTER, M.R. (2008). Cognitive behavioral therapy and acceptance and commitment therapy for the anxiety disorders : Two approaches with much to offer. Clinical Ppsychology : Science & Practice, 15 (4), 296-298. [PDF]
HEIMBERG, R.G., HOFMANN, S.G., LIEBOWITZ, M.R., SCHNEIER, F.R., SMITS, J.A., STEIN, M.B., HINTON, D.E. & CRASKE, M.G. (2014). Social anxiety disorder in DSM-5. Depression & Anxiety, 31, 472-479.
Heine Steven J. ( ) : Psychosociologue canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude des cultures, notamment du Japon. Collaborateur de Henrich, Kitayama, Markus et Norenzayan.
 HEINE, S.J. & LEHMAN, D.R. (1995). Social desirability among Canadian and Japanese students. Journal of Social Psychology, 135 (6), 777-779. [PDF]
 HEINE, S.J., LEHMAN, D.R., MARKUS, H.R. & KITAYAMA, S. (1999). Is there a universal need for positive self-regard ? Psychological Review, 106, 766-794. [PDF]
 HEINE, S.J., KITAYAMA, S., LEHMAN, D.R., TAKATA, T., IDE, E., LEUNG, C. & MATSUMOTO, H. (2001). Divergent consequences of success and failure in Japan and North America : An investigation of self-improving motivations and malleable selves. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 81 (4), 599-615. [PDF]
 HEINE, S.J., HARIHARA, M. & NIIYA, Y. (2002). Terror management in Japan. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 187-196. [PDF]
 HEINE, S.J. & RENSHAW, K. (2002). Interjudge agreement, self-enhancement, and liking : Cross-cultural divergences. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 442-451. [PDF]
Heinroth Oskar August (1871-1945 Berlin) : Biologiste et ornithologue allemand. Il est un des précurseurs de l'éthologie.
HEINROTH, O.A. & HEINROTH, K. (1958). The birds. University of Michigan Press.
 
 
LORENZ, K. (1980) In memoriam Oskar Heinroth. Acta XVII Congressus internationalis ornithologici, 83–93
SCHULZE-HAGEN, K. & BIRKHEAD, T.R. (2015). The ethology and life history of birds : the forgotten contributions of Oskar, Magdalena and Katharina Heinroth. Journal of Ornithology, 156, 9-18. [PDF]
Heise David Reuben Jerome (Evanston États-Unis 1937-) : Sociologue et méthodologiste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des impressions.
HEISE, D.R. (1969). Separating reliability and stability in test-retest correlation. American Sociological Review, 34, 93-101.
HEISE, D.R. & BOHRNSTEDT, G. (1970). Validity, invalidity, and reliability. In E. Borgatta & G. Bohrnstedt (Eds.), Sociological methodology (pp. 104-29). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
HEISE, D.R. & SMITH-LOVIN, L. (1981). Impressions of goodness, powerfulness, and liveliness from discerned social events. Social Psychology Quarterly, 44, 93-106.
HEISE, D.R. & THOMAS, L. (1989). Predicting impressions created by combinations of emotion and social identity. Social Psychology Quarterly, 52, 141-148.
HEISE, D.R. & LERNER, S. (2006). Affect control in international interactions. Social Forces, 85, 993-1010.
Hélie Sébastien ( ) : Psychologue connexioniste québécois. Collaborateur de Ashby, Cousineau, Proulx et Sun.
 HÉLIE, S. (2006). An introduction to model selectionn : Tools and algorithms. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 2, 1-10. [PDF]
 HÉLIE, S. (2008). Energy minimization in the nonlinear dynamic recurrent associative memory. Neural Networks, 21, 1041-1044. [PDF]
 HÉLIE, S. WALDSCHIMDT, J.G. & ASHBY, F.G. (2010). Automaticity in rule-based and information-integration categorization. Attention, Perception & Psychophysics, 72 (4), 1013-1031. [PDF]
 HÉLIE, S. & SUN, R. (2010). Incubation, insight, and creative problem solving : A unified theory and a connectionist model. Psychological Review, 117, 994-1024. [PDF]
 HÉLIE, S., PROULX, R. & LEFEBVRE, B. (2011). Bottom-up learning of explicit knowledge using a Bayesian algorithm and a new Hebbian learning rule. Neural Networks, 24, 219-232.
Hellenic Journal of Psychology : Revue scientifique de psychologie. Éditeur : Psychology of Northern Greece.
RYAN, R.M., WILLAIMS, G.C., PATICK, H. & DECI, E.L. (2009). Self-determination theory and physical activity : The dynamics of motivation in development and wellness. Hellenic Journal of Psychology, 6, 107-124. [PDF]

Helmholtz Hermann Von (Potsdam 1821-1894 Berlin) : Physiologiste allemand et chef de file de l'école expérimentale allemande. Il a élaboré une théorie de la vision des couleurs (Initialement développée par Young). Il a également découvert les phénomènes entoptiques. Étudiant de Müller. Professeur de Hall, Sechenov et Wundt.
HELMHOLTZ, H.V. (1910). Treatise on physiological optics. New York : Dover.
 
 KOENIGSBERGER, L (1906). Hermann von Helmholtz. Oxford : Clarendon Press.
 PASTORER, N. (1974). Reevaluation of Boring on Kantian influence, nineteenth century nativism, Gestalt psychology and Helmholtz. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 10, 375-390.
MICHELL, J. (1993). The origins ofthe representational theory of measurement : Helmholtz, Holder, and Russell. Studies in History & Philosophy of Science, 24, 185-206.
WADE, N.J. & SWANSTON, M.T. (2001). Helmholtz on golf. Perception, 30, 1407-1410. [PDF]
WADE, N.J. & FINGER, S. (2001). The eye as an optical instrument. From camera obscura to Helmholtz's perspective. Perception, 30, 1157-1177.
FINGER, S. & WADE, N.J. (2002). The neuroscience of Helmholtz and the theories of Johannes Müller. Part 1. Nerve cell structure, vitalism, and the nerve impulse. Journal of the History of the Neurosciences, 11, 136-155.
THOMAS, R.K. (2012). Von Helmholtz, Hermann. In R.W. Rieber (Ed.), Encyclopedia of the history of psychological theories (Part 21, 1170-1172). New York : Springer-Verlag.
Helvétius Claude Adrien (Paris 1715-1771 Paris) : Philosphe sensualiste français.
HELVÉTIUS, C.A. (1758). De l'esprit. Paris : Durand Librairie.
 
 
 
 
Hémiplégie : De grec hemi qui signifie "la moitié de". Hemoglobin.

  FRANZ, S.I. SCHETTZ, M.E. & WILSON, A.A. (1915). The possibility of recovery of motor function in long-standing hemiplegia. Journal of the American Medical Association, 65, 2150-2154.
OGDEN, R. & FRANZ, S.I. (1917). On cerebral motor control : The recovery from experimentally produced hemiplegia. Psychobiology, 1, 33-49.
Hémisphères cérébraux : Les deux moitiés opposées qui composent la portion supérieure du cerveau; responsables de la plupart des processus sensoriels, moteurs et cognitifs chez l'humain. Hémisphères, spécialisation hémisphérique et communication interhémisphérique. Cerebral hemisphere.

Hémisphère
Communication interhémisphérique Hémisphère droit Latéralisation des hémisphères
Hémisphère dominant Hémisphère gauche Spécialisation des hémisphères
 

  GAZZANIGA, M.S., BOGEN, E. & SPERRY, R.W. (1965). Observations on visual perception after disconnexion of the cerebral hemispheres in man. Brain, 88, 221-236. HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948.
SPERRY, R.W. (1968). Hemisphere deconnection and unity in conscious awareness. American Psychologist, 23 (10), 723-733.  SPENCE, S., SHAPIRO, D. & ZAIDEL, E. (1996). The role of the right hemisphere in the physiological and cognitive components of emotional processing. Psychophysiology, 33, 112-122.
MILNER, B. (1971). Interhemispheric differences in the localization of psychological processes in man. Neurology, 8, 299-321. MORIN, A. (2001). The split-brain debate revisited : On the importance of language and self- recognition for right hemispheric consciousness. Journal of Mind & Behavior, 22(2), 107-118. [PDF]
SPERRY, R.W. (1974). Lateral specialization in the surgically separated hemispheres. In F. Schmitt & F. Worden (Eds.), Neurosciences third study program (pp. 5-19). Cambridge : MIT Press. STEMMER, B. & COHEN, H. (2002). Neuropragmatique et lésions de l'hémisphère droit. Psychologie de l'Interaction, 13-14, 15-46.
CACIOPPO, J.T., PETY, R.E. & SNYDER, C.W. (1979). Cognitive and affective response as a function of relative hemispheric involvement. International Journal of Neuroscience, 9, 81-89. [PDF] CORBALLIS, M.C. (2007). The dual-brain myth. In S.D. Sala (Ed.), Tall tales about the mind and brain : separating fact from fiction. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
PLOURDE, G. & SPERRY, R.W. (1984). Left hemisphere involvement in left spatial neglect from right-sided lesions : A commissurotomy study. Brain, 107, 95-106.  
CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins. Voir aussi Asymétrie cérébrale et Latéralisation
Hémisphère(s) cérébraux (Communication entre les...) : Influx nerveux qui se propage entre les hémisphères gauche et droit. /cerveau divisé.

  COOK, N.D. (2002). Modèles de la communication interhémisphérique. Revue de Neuropsychologie, 12 (1), 51-85.
ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie. Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. Voir aussi Hémisphères cérébraux et Communication
Hémisphère(s) cérébraux (Latéralisation des...) : Organisation asymétrique du cerveau (préférence ou dominance à droite ou à gauche) sur le plan anatomique et fonctionel résultant de la spécialisation des hémisphères cérébraux. = latéralité, latéralisation du cerveau. Lateralization, lateral specialization, handeness.

  GAZZANIGA, M.S., BOGEN, E. & SPERRY, R.W. (1963.) Laterality effects in somesthesis following cerebral commissurotomy in man. Neuropsychologia 1, 209-215. ZATORRE, R.J., EVANS, A.C, MEYER, E. & GJEDDE, A. (1992). Lateralization of phonetic and pitch discrimination in speech processing. Science, 256, 846-849.
LEVY, J. & SPERRY, R.W. (1971). Lateral specialization and cerebral dominance in commissurotomy. Proceedings of the 19th International Congress of Psychology, 244. VAUCLAIR, J. & FAGOT, J. (1993). Manual specialization in gorillas and baboons. In J.P. Ward & W.D. Hopkin (Eds.), Primate laterality : Current behavioral evidence of primate asymmetries (pp. 193-205). New York : Springer Verlag.
SPERRY, R.W. (1972). Hemispheric specialization of mental faculties in the brain of man. In M.P. Douglas (Ed.), The 36th Yearbook Claremont Reading Conference (pp. 126-136). Claremont : Claremont Graduate School. HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948.
SPERRY, R.W. (1974). Lateral specialization in the surgically separated hemispheres. In F.O. Schmitt & F.G. Worden (Eds.), Neuroscience study program (pp. 5-19). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. BILDER, R.M., WU, H., BOGERTS, B., DEGREEF, G., SHTARI, M., ALVIR, J.M.J., SNYDER, P.J. & LIEBERMANN, J.A. (1994). Absence of regional hemispheric volume asymmetries in first-episode schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 1437-1447.
GALABURDA, A.M., LEMAY, M., KEMPER, T.L. & GESCHWIND, N. (1978). Right-left asymmetries in the brain. Science, 199 (4331), 852-856. YEO, R.A., GANGESTAD, S.W. THOMA, R.A., SHAW, P. & REPA, K. (1997). Developmental instability and cerebral lateralization. Neuropsychology, 11, 552-561.
GESCHWIND, N. (1979). Asymmetries of the brain. New developments. Bulletin of the Orton Society, 29, 67-73. SUTTON, S.K. & DAVIDSON, R.J. (1997). Prefrontal brain asymmetry : A biological substrate of the behavioral approach and inhibition systems. Psychological Science, 8, 204-210.
DAWSON, G., WARRENBURG, S. & FULLER, P. (1982). Cerebral lateralization in individuals diagnosed as autistic in early childhood. Brain & Language, 15, 353-368. FAGOT, J., LACREUSE, A. & VAUCLAIR, J. (1997). Role of sensory and post-sensory factors on hemispheric asymmetries in tactual perception. In S. Christman (Ed.), Cerebral asymmetries in sensory and perceptual processing (pp. 469-494). Amsterdam : Elsevier. [PDF]
McMANUS, I.C. (1982). The distribution of skull asymmetry in man. Annals of Human Biology, 9, 167-170. [PDF] DAVIDSON, H., CAVE, K.R. & SELLNER, D. (2000). Differences in visual attention and task interference between males and females reflect differences in brain laterality. Neuropsychologia, 38 (4), 508-519.
GESCHWIND, N. & GALABURDA, A.M. (1985). Cerebral lateralization : Biological mechanisms, associations, and pathology : I-II-III. A hypothesis and a program for research. Archives of Neurology, 42, 428-459/521-542/634-654. CABEZA, R. (2002). Hemispheric asymmetry reduction in older adults: The HAROLD model. Psychology & Aging, 17, 85-100.
ANNETT, M. (1985). Left, right, hand and brain : The right shift theory. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Inc. YEO, R.A., THOMA, R.A & GANGESTAD, S.W. (2002). Human handedness : A biological perspective. In I. Rapin & S. Segalowitz (Eds.), Handbook of Neuropsychology, (pp. 329-364). Amsterdam : Elsevier Science. [PDF]
PERETZ, I. (1985). Asymétrie hémisphérique dans les amusies. Revue Neurologique, 141, 169-183. [PDF] BARTA, P. & DAZZAN, P. (2003). Hemispheric surface area : Sex, laterality, and age effects. Cerebral Cortex, 13, 364-370. [PDF]
BEST, C.T. (1986). The emergence of cerebral asymmetries in early human development : a literature review and a neuroembryological model S. Segalowitz & D. Molfese (Eds.), Developmental implications of brain lateralization. New York : Guilford Press. [PDF] KITAZAWA, S. & KANSAKU, K. (2004). Sex difference in language lateralization may be task-dependent. Brain, 128 (5), 30. [PDF]
GESCHWIND, N. & GALABURDA, M. (1987). Cerebral lateralization. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. CLEMENTS, A.M., RIMRODT, S.L., ABEL, J.R., BLANKNER, J.G., MOSTOFSKY, S.H., PEKAR, J.J., DENCKLA, M.B. & CUTTING, L.E. (2006). Sex differences in cerebral laterality of language and visuospatial processing. Brain & Language, 98 (2), 150-158.
ANNETT, M. & MANNING, M. (1990). Arithmetic and laterality. Neuropsychologia, 28 (1), 61-69. CORBALLIS, M.C. (2007). The dual-brain myth. In S.D. Sala (Ed.), Tall tales about the mind and brain : separating fact from fiction. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
KOENIG, O., REISS, L.P. & KOSSLYN, S.M. (1990). The development of spatial relation representations : Evidence from studies of cerebral lateralization. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 50, 119-130. DONNOT J. & VAUCLAIR, J. (2007). Infant holding preferences in maternity hospitals : Testing the hypothesis of the lateralized perception of emotions. Developmental Neuropsychology, 32, 881-890. [PDF]
SHAW, G.A. & BROWN, G. (1990). Laterality and creativity concomitants of attention problems. Developmental Neuropsychology, 6, 39-57. VAUCLAIR, J. (2009). Lateralization of communicative signals in nonhuman primates and the hypothesis of the gestural origin of language. In C. Abry, A. Vilain & J.-L. Schwartz (Eds.), Vocalize to localize (pp. 47-66). Amsterdam : Benjamins.
GALABURDA, A.M., ROSEN, G.D. & SHERMAN, G.F. (1990). Individual variability in cortical organization : its relationship to brain laterality and implications to function. Neuropsychologia, 28 (6), 529-546. GROEN, M.A., WHITEHOUSE, A.J.O., BADCOCK, N.A. & BISHOP, D.V.M. (2012). Does cerebral lateralization develop ? A study using functional transcranial Doppler ultrasound assessing lateralization for language production and visuospatial memory. Brain & Behavior, 2 (3), 256-269.
ROSCH, R.E., BISHOP, D.V.M. & BADCOCK, N.A. (2012). Lateralised visual attention is unrelated to language lateralisation, and not influenced by task difficulty - a functional transcranial Doppler study. Neuropsychologia, 50(5), 810-815.
Voir aussi Asymétrie et Hémisphères cérébraux
Hémisphère(s) cérébraux (Spécialisation des...) : Prise en charge par l'un des hémisphères de certaines fonctions cognitives ou comportements moteurs. Spécialisation, asymétrie cérébrale et hémisphère. = specialisation hémisphérique. Hemispheric specialization.

  STUDDERT-KENNEDY, M. & SHANKWEILER, D.P. (1970). Hemispheric specialization for speech perception. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 48 (2), 579-594. [PDF]
GESCHWIND, N. (1979). Specialization of the human brain. Scientific American, 241 (3), 180-199.
TIBERGHIEN, G. & VERSACE, R. (1985). Spécialisation hémisphérique et fréquences spatiales. L'Année Psychologique, 85, 249-273.
DÉPY, D., FAGOT, J. & VAUCLAIR, J. (1998). Comparative assessment of distance processing and hemispheric specialization in humans (Homo sapiens) and baboons (Papio papio). Brain & Cognition, 38, 165-182.
VAUCLAIR, J., FAGOT, J. & DÉPY, D. (1999). Nonhuman primates as models of hemispheric specialization. In M. Haug & R.E. Whalen (Eds.), Animal models of human emotion and cognition (pp. 247-256). New York : APA Books. [PDF]
Voir aussi Asymétrie cérébrale, Hémisphères cérébraux et Latéralisation
 
Hémisphère dominant : Hémisphère cérébral qui est responsable du langage chez un individu donné, généralement le gauche. = dominance cérébrale, dominance hémisphérique. Hemisphere dominance, cerebral dominance.

  KIMURA, D. (1961). Cerebral dominance and the perception of verbal stimuli. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 15, 166-171.
SPERRY, R.W. (1970). Cerebral dominance in perception. In F.A. Young and D.B. Lindsley (Eds.), Early experience in visual information processing in perceptual and reading disorders (pp. 167-178). Washington, DC : National Academy of Sciences.
LEVY, J. & SPERRY, R.W. (1971). Lateral specialization and cerebral dominance in commissurotomy. Proc. 19th Int. Cong. Psychol., 244.
HÉCAEN, H. (Dir.) (1978). La dominance cérébrale; une anthologie. F, Mouton & Co : Paris.
HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948.
ANNETT, M. (1998). Handedness and cerebral dominance : The right shift theory. The Journal of Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 10 (4), 459-469. [PDF]
Voir aussi Hémisphères cérébraux
Hémisphère droit : Moitié droite du cerveau. Left hemisphere.

  PLOURDE, G. & SPERRY, R.W. (1984). Left hemisphere involvement in left spatial neglect from right-sided lesions : A commissurotomy study. Brain, 107, 95-106.
ANNETT, M. (1985). Left, Right, Hand and Brain: The Right-Shift Theory. Hillsdale, N.J. : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948.
STEMMER, B. & COHEN, H. (2002). Neuropragmatique et lésions de l'hémisphère droit. Psychologie de l'Interaction, 13-14, 15-46.
Voir aussi Hémisphères cérébraux

Hémisphère gauche : Moitié gauche du cerveau. Right hemisphere.

  ANNETT, M. (1985). Left, Right, Hand and Brain: The Right-Shift Theory. Hillsdale, N.J. : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
 SPENCE, S., SHAPIRO, D. & ZAIDEL, E. (1996). The role of the right hemisphere in the physiological and cognitive components of emotional processing. Psychophysiology, 33, 112-122.
RUECKERT, L. & PAWLAK, T. (2000). Individual differences in cognitive performance due to right hemisphere arousal. Laterality, 5, 77-89.
RUECKERT, L. & NAYBAR, N. (2008). Gender differences in empathy : The role of the right hemisphere. Brain & Cognition 67, 162-167. [PDF]
Voir aussi Hémisphères cérébraux
Hémoglobine : De grec hema qui signifie "sang" et du latin globus qui veut dire «sphérique». Protéine des globules rouges qui transportent l’oxygène, notamment dans le système sanguin du cerveau. L'hémoglobine contient un atome de fer, ce qui lui confère des propriétés magnétiques différentes selon qu’elle transporte l’oxygène ou que cet oxygène a été utilisé par les neurones. Ce sont ces propriétés magnétiques que l'on détectent grâce à l'imagerie par résonance magnétique fonctionnelle (IRMf) et qui permettent de décrire l'acitivité neuronale du cerveau. Hemoglobin.

  CHOU, K.C. (1989). Low-frequency resonance and cooperativity of hemoglobin. Trends in Biochemical Sciences, 4 (6), 212-213.
HARDISON, R.C. (1996). A brief history of hemoglobins : plant, animal, protist, and bacteria. Proceeding National Academy of Science USA, 93 (12), 5675-5679.
Voir aussi Imagerie par résonance magnétique
Hempel Carl Gustav (1905-1997) : Philosophe, épistémologue allemand et chef de file du béhaviorisme philosophique.
HEMPEL, C.G. (1942). The function of general laws in history. Journal of Philosophy, 39, 35-48.
HEMPEL, C.G. (1945). Studies in the logic of confirmation. Mind, 54, 1-26, 97-120.
HEMPEL, C.G. & OPPENHEIM, P. (1948). Studies in the logic of explanation. Philosophy of Science, 15, 135-175.
HEMPEL, C.G. (1950). Les critères empiristes de la signification cognitive : problèmes et changements. Dans P. Jacob (Dir.) (1984), De Vienne à Cambridge (p. 61-84). Paris : NRF Gallimard.
HEMPEL, C.G. (1972). Éléments d'épistémologie. Paris : Armand Colin.
 
HUBER, F. (2008). Hempel’s logic of confirmation. Philosophical Studies, 139, 181-189.
Henderson Lynne Ellen ( ) : Psychosociologue américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la gène/timidité. Collaboratrice de Zimbardo.
HENDERSON, L.(1992). Shyness groups. In M. McKay, & K. Paleg (Eds.), Focal group psycho- therapy. Oakland, CA : New Harbinger Press.
HENDERSON, L. (1994). Social Fitness Training: A Treatment Manual for Shyness and Social Phobia. Palo Alto: Shyness Institute.
HENDERSON, L. & ZIMBARDO, P. (2001). Shyness as a clinical condition: The Stanford Model. In L. Alden & R. Crozier (Eds.), International handbook of social anxiety (p.p. 431-447). Sussex, England: John Wiley & Sons.
HENDERSON, L. (2002). Fearfulness predicts self-blame and shame in shyness. Personality & Indi- vidual Differences, 32, 79–93.
HENDERSON, L., ZIMBARDO, P., & CARDUCCI, B. (2010). Shyness. In The Corsini encyclopedia of psychology. John Wiley and Sons,
Henker Barbara A. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste et écologiste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'hyperactivité et du trouble du déficit d'attention avec hyperactivité. Collaboratrice de Hinshaw et Whalen.
HENKER, B., WHALEN, C.K. & HINSHAW, S.P. (1980). The attributional contexts of cognitive intervention strategies. Exceptional Education Quarterly, 1, 17-30.
HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1980). The changing faces of hyperactivity : Retrospect and prospect. In C.K. Whalen & B. Henker (Eds.), Hyperactive children : The social ecology of identification and treatment (pp. 321-363). New York : Academic Press.
WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1986). Type A behavior in normal and hyperactive children : Multisource evidence of overlapping constructs. Child Development, 57, 688-699.
HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1989). Hyperactivity and attention deficits. American Psychologist, 44, 216-223.
HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1999). The child with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in school and peer settings. In H.C. Quay & A.E. Hogan (Eds.), Handbook of disruptive behavior disorders (pp. 157-178). New York : Plenum Press.
Henle Friedrich Gustav Jacob (Fürth allemagne 1809-1885 Göttingen Allemagne) : Médecin, anatomiste et physiologiste allemand. Étudiant de Müller. Professeur de Kühne et Waldemeyer.
HENLE, F.G.J. (1943). Traité d’anatomie générale, ou histoire des tissus et de la composition chimique du corps humain. Paris : Alcan.
 
 
 
 
Henmon Vivian Allen Charles (1877-1950) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste de l'éducation. Étudiant de Cattell. Professeur de Hull.
 HENMON, V.A.C. (1906). The time of perception as a measure of differences in sensations. In J.M. Cattell & F.J.E. Woodbridge (Eds.), Archives of philosophy, psychology and scientific methods (Vol.8). New York : The Science Press.
HENMON, V.A.C. (1915). Reaction time. Psychological Bulletin, 12 (11), 414-415.
 
 
Henrich Joseph ( ) : Psychosociologue canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude des cultures et de leur évolution. Collaborateur de Atran, Boyd, Heine, Norenzayan et Tennie.
HENRICH, J. & BOYD, R. (1998). The evolution of conformist transmission and the emergence of between-group differences. Evolution & Human Behavior, 19 (4), 215-241. [PDF]
HENRICH, J., BOYD, R., BOWLES, S., CAMERER, C., FEHR, E. GINTIS, H. & MCELREATH, R. (2001). In search of Homo economicus : Experiments in 15 small-scale societies. American Economic Review, 91, 73-78. [PDF]
HENRICH, J. & McElREATH, R. (2003). The evolution of cultural evolution. Evolutionary Anthropology, 12, 123-135. [PDF]
HENRICH, J., MCELREATH, R., ENSMINGER, J., BARR, A., BARRETT, C., BOLYANATZ, A., CARDENAS, J.C., GURVEN, M., GWAKO, E., HENRICH, N., LESOROGOL, C., MARLOWE, F., TRACER, D. & ZIKER, J. (2006). Costly punishment across human societies. Science, 312 (5868), 1767-1770. [PDF]
HENRICH, J., HEINE, S.J. & NORENZAYAN, A. (2010). The weirdest people in the world ? Behavioral & Brain Science, 33, 61-135. [PDF]
Henripin Jacques (Lachine 1926-2013) : Démographe québécois et professeur (à la retraite) de l'Université Laval. Professeur de Lapierre-Adamcyk.
HENRIPIN, J. (1961). L'inégalité sociale devant la mort : la mortinatalité et la mortalité infantile à Montréal. Recherches sociographiques, II (1), 3-34.
HENRIPIN, J. et LAPIERRE-ADAMCYK, E. (1974). La fin de la revanche des berceaux. Qu'en pensent les Québécoises? Montréal : Les Presses de l'Université de Montréal.
HENRIPIN, J. et LORIAUX, M. (1995). Le vieillissement : discours à deux voies. Population, 50 (6), 1591-1638.
HENRIPIN, J. (2003). La métamorphose de la population canadienne. Montréal : Les Éditions Varia.
HENRIPIN, J. (2004). Pour une politique de population. Montréal : Les Éditions Varia.
Henriques Gregg R. ( ) : Psychologue et épistémologue américain. Il a développé un modèle de connaissances unifiiées, l'arbre du savoir unifié (Tree of Knowledge System). Collaborateur de Beck et Sternberg.
HENRIQUES, G.R. (2003). The Tree of Knowledge System and the theoretical unification of psychology. Review of General Psychology, 7, 150-182. [PDF]
HENRIQUES, G.R. (2004). Psychology defined. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60, 1207-1221.
HENRIQUES, G.R. & STERNBERG, R.J. (2004). Unified professional psychology : Implications for combined-integrated doctoral training programs. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60, 1051-1063. [PDF]
HENRIQUES, G.R. (2005). Toward a useful mass movement. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 61, 121-139.
HENRIQUES, G.R. (2007). Integrating treatments for suicidal patients into an effective package. Pragmatic Case Studies in Psychotherapy, 3, 50-60.
Hépatite: Maladie. Hepatitis.

   MARSLAND, A.L., COHEN, S., RABIN, B.S. & MANUCK, S.B. (2006). Trait positive affect and antibody response to hepatitis B vaccination. Brain, Behavior & Immunity, 20, 261-269. [LIRE]
Herbart Johann Friedrich (Nuremberg Allemagne 1776-1841 Göttingen Allemagne) : Philosophe allemand et partisan d'une psychologie scientifique.
HERBART, J.F. (1877). Possibility and necessity of applying mathematics in psychology. Journal of Speculative Philosophy, 11, 251-264.
 
 
 
 
Herbivore : Ordre animal qui se nourrit essentiellement de fruits et d'herbes. Herbivore, mammifère et carnivore. Herbivore.

  MORELLET, N., GAILLARD, J.M., HEWISON, A.J.M., BALLON, P., BOSCARDI, Y., DUNCAN. P., KLEIN, F. & MAILLARD, D. (2007). Indicators of ecological change : new tools for managing populations of large herbivores. Journal of Applied Ecology, 44, 634-643. [PDF]
Voir aussi Ordre et animal
Herbranson Walter T. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage chez le pigeon. = Wally Herbranson. Collaborateur de Shimp.
HERBRANSON, W.T., FREMOUW, T. & SHIMP, C.P. (1999). The randomization procedure in the study of categorization of multidimensional stimuli by pigeons. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 25 (1), 113-135. [PDF]
HERBRANSON, W.T., FREMOUW, T. & SHIMP, C.P. (2002). Categorizing a moving target in terms of its speed and direction. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 78 (3), 249-270. [PDF]
HERBRANSON, W.T. & SHIMP, C.P. (2008). Artificial grammar learning in pigeons. Learning & Behavior, 36 (2), 116-137. [PDF)
HERBRANSON, W.T. & SCHROEDER, J. (2010). Are birds smarter than mathematicians ? Pigeons (Columba livia) Perform optimally on a version of the Monty Hall dilemma. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 124 (1), 1-13. [PDF]
HERBRANSON, W.T. & STANTON, G.L (2011). Flexible serial response learning by pigeons (Columba livia) and humans (Homo sapiens). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 125 (3), 328-340. [PDF]
Hérédité : Du latin, hereditare, qui signifie "hériter". Au sens large, l'hérédité peut être sociale (les fameux placements à l'étranger de votre grand-oncle décédé) ou biologique (les fameux yeux verts du même grand-oncle), mais l'usage biologique tend à supplancer l'usage social de ce terme. En ce sens l'hérédité se définit comme l'ensemble des caractères propres à une espèce ou à un groupe d'individus appartenant à cette même espèce, et se transmettant par les gènes, de génération en génération. La plus grande partie de l’hérédité est toujours le résultat de la combinaison de l’ADN de la mère et du père, sauf l'ADN mitochondrial et le chromosone Y. Hérédité, déterminant biogénétique et héritabilité. = transmission génétique. Heredity, inheritance, heritable factors.

  GALTON, F. (1869). Hereditary genius: An inquiry into its laws and consequences. Macmillan, London  
RIBOT, T.A. (1873). L'hérédité. Étude psychologique. PAGE, E.B. (1972). Behavior and heredity. American Psychologist, 27, 660-661.
GALTON, F. (1877). Typical laws of heredity. Nature, 15, 492-495, 512-514, 532-533.  
GALTON, F. (1886). Regression towards mediocrity in hereditary stature. Nature, 15, 246-263.  
GALTON, F. (1886). Hereditary stature. Nature, 33, 295-298.  
GALTON, F. (1889/1996). Natural inheritance. London/Placitas, NM : Macmillan/Genetics Heritage Press. (1869/1978). Hereditary genius : An inquiry into its laws and consequences. London : Macmillan/New York : Friedmann. WADE, N.J. (1976). IQ and heredity : suspicion of fraud beclouds classic experiment. Science, 194, 916-919.
WEISMANN, A. (1892). La continuité du plasma germinatif comme base d'une théorie de l'hérédité. Paris : Editions Reinwald. LOEHLIN, J.C. & NICHOLS, R.C. (1976). Heredity, environment, and personality : A study of 850 sets of twins. Austin, TX : University of Texas Press.
BATESON, W. (1902). Mendel's principles of heredity : A defence. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. FULKER, D.W. & EYSENK, H.J. (1979). Nature and nurture: heredity. In H.J. Eysenck (Ed.), The structure and measurement of intelligence (pp. 102-132). New York : Springer.
JOHANNSEN, W. (1905). The elements of heredity. Copenhagen. JACOBS, J. (1981). How heritable is innate behaviour ? Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 55 (1), 1-18.
MENDEL, G. (1907). Recherches sur les hybrides végétaux. Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique. MAYR, E. (1982/89). The growth of biological thought : Diversity, evolution and inheritance/Histoire de la biologie. Diversité, évolution et hérédité. Cambridge : Harvard University Press/ Paris : Fayard.
JOHANNSEN, W. (1911). The genotype conception of heredity. American Naturalist, 45, 129-159. WAHLSTEN, D. (1984). Each behavior is a product of heredity and experience. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 7, 699-700. [PDF]
GODDARD, H.H. (1912). The Kallikak family : A study in the heredity of feeble-mindedness. New York : Macmillan. MAYR, E. (1989). Histoire de la biologie : diversité, évolution et hérédité. France : Fayard.
MacBRIDE, E.W. (1924). An introduction to the study of heredity. New York : Holt and Company. PIEGROSCH, W.W. (1990). Fisher's contributions to genetics and heredity, with special emphasis on the Gregor Mendel controversy. Biometrics, 46, 915-924. [PDF]
FISHER, R.A. (1922). The biometrical study of heredity. Eugenics Review, 16 (3), 189–210. [PDF] NYBORG, H. (1990). Good, bad, and ugly questions about heredity. The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 13 (1), 142-143.
KUO, Z.Y. (1924). A Psychology without heredity. Psychological Review, 31, 427-448. BAILEY, J.M., PILLARD, R.C., NEALE, M.C. & AGYEI, Y. (1993). Heritable factors influence sexual orientation in women. Archives of General Psychiatry 50, 217-223. [PDF]
COOLEY, C.H. (1926). Heredity or environment. Journal of Applied Sociology 10, 303-307. [LIRE] STERNBERG, R.J. & GRIGORENKO, E. (Eds.) (1996). Intelligence : Heredity and environment. New York : Cambridge University Press.
FORD, E.B. (1938/1950). The study of heredity. London : Oxford University Press. BEGLIETER, H. & PORJESZ, B. (1999). What is inherited in the predisposition toward alcoholism ? A proposed model. Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research, 23, 1125-1135. [PDF]
HEBB, D.O. (1953). Heredity and environment in mammalian behavior. British Journal of Animal Behavior, 1, 43-47. BULMER, M. (1999). The development of Francis Galton's ideas on the mechanism of heredity. Journal of the History of Biology, 32 (2), 263-292.
 PRONKO, N.H. (1957). "Heredity" and "envrionment" in biology and psychology. Psychology Record, 7, 45-54. EISENBERG, L. (2004). Social psychiatry and the human genome : Contextualizing heritability. British Journal of Psychiatry, 184, 101-103.
DUNN, L.C. et DOBZHANSKY, T. (1964). Hérédité, race et société. Belgique : Dessart. ALFORD, J.R., FUNK, C.L. & HIBBING, J.R. (2005). Are political orientations genetically transmitted ? American Political Science Review, 99 (2), 153-167. [PDF]
EISENBERG, L. (1968). Au-dela de l'herédité : le test de l'evolution. La Psychiatrie de l'Enfant, 11, 572-588. NISBETT, R.E. (2005). Heredity, environment and race differences in IQ : A commentary on Rushton and Jensen. Psychology, Public Policy & Law, 11, 302-310. [PDF]
BURT, C.L. (1969). Intelligence and heredity : some common misconceptions. Irish Journal of Education, 3, 75-94.  
Voir aussi Gènes, Déterminant neuro-génétique, Héritabilité et Étude sur les jumeaux
Hergenhahn B.R. ( ) : Psychologue américain et historien de la psychologie.

HERGENHAHN, B.R. (1986/2005). An introduction to the history of psychology. Toronto : Brooks/Cole.
HERGENHAHN, B.R. & OLSON, B.R. (2000). Introduction to theories of learning. Prentice Hall.
HERGENHAHN, B.R. & OLSON, B.R. (2003/6). An introduction to theories of personality. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall.
HERGENHAHN, B.R. (2002/2007). An introduction to the history of psychology /Introduction à l'histoire de la psychologie. Toronto : Wadsworth/Mont-Royal : Groupe Modulo.
 Hering Karl Ewald Konstantin (1834-1918 Leipzig) : Physiologiste allemand/prussien qui s'est intéressé aux illusions, à la vision des couleurs et à la perception spatiale. Étudiant de Fechner et Weber. Collaborateur de Breuer.
HERING, K.E.K. (1868/1977). The theory of binocular vision. New York : Plenum Press.
 
 
 
 
Héritabilité : Estimation de la proportion ou de la variance d'un trait (caractéristiques physiques, aptitudes intellectuelles, comportements) qui peut être attribuable aux variations génétiques entre les individus appartenant à une population ou une espèce donnée (par opposition à la variance attribuée au milieu). Héritabilité, gène et hérédité. = corrélation ou coefficient d'héritabilité. Heritability.

  DeFRIES, J.C., TOUCHBERRY, R.W. & HAYS, R.L. (1959). Heritability of the length of the gestation period in dairy cattle. Journal of Dairy Science, 42, 598-606. COOLIDGE, F.L. & THEDE, L.L. (2000). Heritability and the comorbidity of ADHD with behavioral disorders and executive function deficits : A preliminary investigation. Developmental Neuropsychology, 17, 273-287. [PDF]
GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1963). Heritability of personality : A demonstration. Psychological Monograph, General & Application, 177 (9).  
WHITNEY, G., McCLEARN, G.E. & DeFRIES, J.C. (1970). Heritability of alcohol preference in laboratory mice and rats. Journal of Heredity, 61, 165-169.  STROMSWOLD, K. (2001). The heritability of language : A review and meta-analysis of twin, adoption, and linkage studies. Language, 77, 647-723. [PDF]
KLEIN, T.W., DeFRIES, J.C. & FINKBEINER, C.T. (1973). Heritability and genetic correlation : Standard errors of estimates and sample size. Behavior Genetics, 3, 355-364. OLSON, J.M., VERNON, P.A., HARRIS, J.A. & LANG, K.L. (2001). The heritability of attitudes : A study of twins. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 80 (6), 845-860. [PDF]
BLOCK, N.J. & DWORKIN, G. (1976). IQ, heritability, and inequality. In N.J. Block & G. Dworkin (Eds.), The IQ controversy (pp.410-540). New York : Pantheon Books. TODD, R.D., RASMUSSEN, E.R., NEUMAN, R.J., REICH, W., HUDZIAK, J.J., BUCHOLZ, K.K., MADDEN, P. & HEATH, A. (2001). Familiality and heritability of subtypes of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in a population sample of adolescent female twins. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1891-1898. [PDF]
DeFRIES, J.C. (1978). Heritability estimates' from family data. Behavior Genetics, 8, 481-482. COOLIDGE, F.L., THEDE, L.L. & JANG, K.L. (2001). Heritability of childhood personality disorders: A preliminary study. Journal of Personality Disorders, 15, 33-40. [PDF]
JACOBS, J. (1981). How heritable is innate behaviour? Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 55 (1), 1-18.  
RUSHTON, J.P., FULKER, D.W., NEALE, M.C., NIAS, D.K.B. & EYSENK, H.J. (1986). Altruism and aggression : The heritability of individual differences. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 50 (6), 1192-1198. [PDF] COOLIDGE, F.L., THEDE, L.L. & YOUNG, S.E. (2002). The heritability of gender identity disorder in a child and adolescent twin sample. Behavior Genetics, 32, 251-257. [PDF]
GROVE, W.M., ECKERT, E.D., HESTON, L. & BOUCHARD, T.J. (1990). Heritability of substance abuse and antisocial behavior : A study of monozygotic twins reared apart. Biological Psychiatry, 27, 1293-1304. LOEHLIN, J.C., JÖNSSON, E.G., GUSTAVSSON, J.P., STALLINGS, M C., GILLEPRSIE, N.A., WRIGHT, J.N. & MARTIN, G. (2005). Psychological masculinity-femininity via the gender diagnosticity approach : Heritability and consistency across ages and populations. Journal of Personality, 73, 1295-1319.
ROBINSON, J.L., KAGAN, J., REZNICK, J.S. & CORLEY, R. (1992). The heritability of inhibited behavior : A twin study. Developmental Psychology, 28, 1030-1037.  STROMSWOLD, K. (2005). Genetic specificity of linguistic heritability. A. Cutler (Ed.), Twenty-first century psycholinguistics : Four cornerstones (pp. 121-140). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. [PDF]
VAN VLECK, L.D. & GREGORY, K.E. (1992). Differences in heritability estimates from multiple-trait and repeated records models. Journal of Animal Science, 70, 2994-2998. MACGREGOR, S., CORNES, B.K., MARTIN, N.G. & VISSCHER, P.M. (2006). Bias, precision and heritability of self- reported and clinically measured height in Australian twins. Human Genetics, 120 (4), 571-580.
BAILEY, J.M., PILLARD, R.C., NEALE, M.C. & AGYEI, Y. (1993). Heritable factors influence sexual orientation in women ? Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 217-223. JACOBS, N., VAN OS, J., DEROM, C. & THIERY, E. (2007). Heritability of intelligence. Twin Research & Human Genetics, 10, 11-14.
LYKKEN, D.T., BOUCHARD, T.J., McGUE, M. & TEELLEGEN, A. (1993). Heritability of interests : A twin study. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78 (4), 649-661. [PDF] DISTEL, M.A., VINK, J.M., WILLEMSEN, G., MIDDELDORP, C.M., MERCKELBACH, H.L.G.J. & BOOMSMA, D.A. (2008). Heritability of self-reported phobic fear. Behavior Genetics, 38 (1), 24-33. [PDF]
BAILEY, J.M., PILLARD, R.C., NEALE, M.C. & AGYEI, Y. (1993). Heritable factors influence sexual orientation in women. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 217-223. [PDF] LINDSEY, G.M., DEROM, P.J., SMEETS, C., SOUREN, H.J., PAULUSSEN, A.D.C, DEROM, R. & NIJHUIS, J.G. (2008). Modeling genetic and environmental factors to increase heritability and ease the identification of candidate genes for birth weight : a twin study. Behavior Genetics, 38 (1), 44-54. [PDF]
TESSER, A. (1993). On the importance of heritability in psychological research : The case of attitudes. Psychological Review, 100, 129-142. KRUEGER, R.F., SOUTH, S., JOHNSON, W. & IACONO, W. (2008). The heritability of personality is not always 50 % : Gene-environment interactions and correlations between personality and parenting. Journal of Personality, 76, 1485-1521. [PDF]
BLOCK, N. (1995). How heritability misleads about race. Cognition, 56 (1), 99-128. [PDF] MAHER, B. (2008). Personal genomes : The case of the missing heritability. Nature, 456, 18-21.
THAPAR, A., HERVAS, A. & McGUFFIN, P. (1995). Childhood hyperactivity scores are highly heritable and show sibling competition effects : Twin study evidence. Behavior Genetics, 25, 537-544. VISSCHER, P.M., HILL, W.G. & WRAY, N.R. (2008). Heritability in the genomics era : Concepts and misconceptions. Nature Reviews Genetics, 9, 255-266.
GJONE, H., STEVENSON, J., SUNDET, J.M. & EILERTSEN, D.E. (1996). Changes in heritability across increasing levels of behavior problems in young twins. Behavior Genetics, 26, 419-426. YANG, J., BENYAMIN, B., MCEVOY, B.P., GORDON, S., HENDERS, A.K., NYHOLT, D.R., MADDEN, P.A., HEATH, A.C., MARTIN, N.G., MONTGOMERERY, G.W., GODDARD, M.E. & VISSCHER, P.M. (2010). Common SNPs explain a large proportion of the heritability for human height. Nature Genetics, 42, 565-569. [PDF]
JANG, K.L., LIVESLEY, W.J. & VEMON, P.A. (1996). Heritability of the Big Five personality dimensions and their facets : A twin study. Journal of Personality, 64, 577-592. KENDLER, K.S. & NEALE, M.C. (2009). Familiality or heritability. Archives of General Psychiatry, 66 (4), 452-453.
DEVLIN, B., DANIELS, M. & ROEDER, K. (1997). The heritability of IQ. Nature, 388, 468-471. JOHNSON, W., TURKHEIMER, E., GOTTESMAN, I.I. & BOUCHARD, T.J. (2009). Beyond heritability twin studies in behavioral research. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 18 (4), 217-220. [PDF]
SCHONEMANN, P.H. (1997). Models and muddles of heritability. Genetica, 99, 97-108. [PDF] LAMB, D.J., MIDDELDORP, C.M., VAN BEIJSTERVELDT, C.E.M., BARTELS, M., VAN DER A.N., POLDERMAN, T.J.C. & BOOMSMA, D.I. (2010). Heritability of anxious-depressive and withdrawn behavior : Age-related changes during adolescence. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 49 (3), 248-255. [PDF]
BECKWITH, J. (1999). Simplicity and complexity : Is IQ ready for genetics ? Cahiers de Psychologie Cognitive /Current Psychology of Cognition, 18 (2), 161-169. [PDF] EKEHAMMAR, B., AKRAMI, N., HEDLUND, L.-E., YOSHIMURA, K., ONO, Y., ANDO, J. & YAMAGATA, S. (2010). The generality of personality heritability : Big-Five trait heritability predicts response time to trait items. Journal of Individual Differences, 31, 209-214. [PDF]
 KENDLER, K.S., KARKOWSKI, L. & PRESCOTT, C. (1999). Fears and phobias : reliability and heritability. Psychological Medicine, 29 (3), 539-553. [PDF] HALLMAYER, J., CLEVELAND, S., TORRES, A., PHILLIPS, J., COHEN, B., TORIGOE, T., MILLER, J., FEDELE, A., COLLINS, J., SMITH, K., LOTSPEICH, L., CROEN, L.A., OZONOFF, S., LAJONCHERE, C., GRETHER, J.K. & RISCH, N. (2011). Genetic heritability and shared environmental factors among twin pairs with autism. Archives of General Psychiatry, 68, 1095-1102.
  VAN SOELEN, I.L.C., BROUWER, R.M., VAN LEEWEN, M. & KAHN, R.S. (2012). Heritability of verbal and performance intelligence in a pediatric longitudinal sample. Twin Research & Human Genetics, 14 (2), 119-128.
 Voir aussi Gène, Hérédité et Étude sur les jumeaux
 Héritier Françoise (1933-) : Anthropologue et féministe française. = Françoise Héritier-Izard, Françoise Héritier-Augé.
HÉRITIER, F. (1981). L'Exercice de la parenté. Paris : Gallimard /Le Seuil.
HÉRITIER, F. (1994). Les deux soeurs et leur mère : anthropologie de l'inceste. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob.
HÉRITIER, F. (1996/2002). Masculin-féminin I. La pensée de la différence. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob.
HÉRITIER, F. (2002). Masculin-Féminin II. Dissoudre la hiérarchie. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob.
HÉRITIER, F. (2009). Une pensée en mouvement. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob.
Hermann
Edward S. Herman Imre Hermann
 
Herman Edward S. (1925-) : Économiste américain et spécialiste du rôle des média, de la propagande et des marchés. Collaborateur de Chomsky.
HERMAN, E.S. (1966). America's vietnam policy : The strategy of deception. Washington : Public Affairs Press.
HERMAN, E.S. (1982). The real terror network : Terrorism in fact and propaganda. Boston : South End Press.
HERMAN, E.S. & CHOMSKY, N. (1988/2003). Manufacturing consent. The political economy of the mass. Pantheon. La fabrication du consentement. / De la propagande médiatique en démocratie. Agone.
HERMAN, E.S. (1999). The myth of the liberal media : An Edward Herman Reader. New York : P. Lang.
HERMAN, E.S. (2003). The propaganda model : A retrospective. Against all reason : Propaganda, Politics, Power, 1, 1-14. [PDF]
Hermann Imre (Budapest 1889-1984) : Médecin, psychologue et psychanalyste hongrois.
HERMANN, I. (1935). The use of the term "active" in the definition of masculinity; A critical study. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 16, 219-222.
HERMANN, I. (1939). A supplement to the castration complex : The sphere of phantasies relating to the os priapi. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 20, 322-329.
HERMANN, I. (1949). The giant mother, the phallic mother, obscenity. Psychoanalytic Review, 36, 302-306.
HERMANN, I. (1976). Clinging "going-in-search". A contrasting pair of instincts and their relation to sadism and masochism. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 45, 5-36.
HERMANN, I. (1979). La psychanalyse comme méthode. Édition Denoël.
Hermaphrodisme/Hermaphrodite : Du grec hermaphroditos qui signifie «le fils d'Hermès et d'Aphrodite», donc qui combine les deux sexes le mot a au moins deux acceptions : a) En biologie, qualifie tout organisme qui produit à la fois des gamètes mâles et des gamètes femelles. Ces organismes peuvent donc se reproduire aussi bien comme mâle que comme femelle. = pseudo-hermaphrodite. b) En psychologie, Money utilise le terme pour désigner un individu qui, à sa naissance, sur le plan biologique, n'est ni clairement un homme, ni clairement une femme, et que l'on nomme, de nos jours «intersexué». Il s'agit donc, dans les faits, de pseudo-hermaphodite. *transsexualisme, androgyne. Hermaphroditism.

  a
   
  Voir aussi Parthénogenèse
b
ELLIS, A. (1945). The sexual psychology of human hermaphrodites. Psychosomatic Medicine, 7, 108-125. IMPERATO-McGINLEY, J. & PETERSON, R.E. (1976). Male pseudohermaphroditism : the complexities of male phenotypic development. American Journal of Medicine, 61, 251-272.
MONEY, J. (1955). Hermaphroditism, gender and precocity in hyper-adrenocorticism: psychologic findings. Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 96, 253-264.  
MONEY, J, HAMPSON, J.G. & HAMPSON, J.L. (1955). An examination of some basic sexual concepts : the evidence of human hermaphroditism. Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 97, 301-319. ROSLER, A. & KOHN, G. (1983). Male pseudohermaphroditism due to 17B-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase deficiency : Studies on the natural history of the defect and effect of androgens on gender role. Journal of Steroid Biochemistry, 19, 663-674.
MONEY, J, HAMPSON, J.G. & HAMPSON, J.L. (1955). Hermaphroditism : recommendations concerning assignment of sex, change of sex, and psychologic management. Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 97, 284-300.  
MONEY, J, HAMPSON, J.G. & HAMPSON, J.L. (1956). Sexual incongruities and psychopathology : the evidence of human hermaphroditism. ic sexual concepts : the evidence of human hermaphroditism. Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 98 (1), 43-57.  
STOLLER, R.J. (1964). The hermaphroditic identity of hermaphrodites. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease 139, 453–457.  
JOLLY, H. (1965). Hermaphroditism : A critical survey. Postgraduate Medical Journal, 32 (374), 589-599, 607. [PDF]  
ZUGER, B. (1970). Gender role determination : A critical review or the evidence from hermaphroditism. Psychosomatic Medicine, 32, 449-463. MONEY, J., DEVORE, H. & NORMAN, B.F. (1986). Gender identity and gender transposition : Longitudinal outcome study of 32 male hermaphrodites assigned as girls. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 12 (3), 165-181.
LEV-RAN, A. (1974). Gender role differentiation in hermaphrodites. Archives of Sex behavior, 3, 391. DREGER, A.D. (2000). Hermaphrodites and the medical invention of sex. Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
IMPERATO-McGINLEY, J., GUERRERO, L. & GAUTIER, T. (1974). Steroid 5a-reductase deficiency in man : an inherited form of pseudohermaphroditism. Science, 186, 1213-1215.  
Voir aussi Transsexualisme
Herméneutique : Du grec hermeneia qui signifie «interprétation de la pensée par la parole», et de Hermès, du dieu grec, qui était le messager des dieux et l'interprète de leurs ordres. Méthode d'interprétation qui consiste à découvrir la signification des intentions et des conduites des acteurs ou de leurs écrits. /empirisme. Hermeneutics.
  RICOEUR, P. (1969). Le conflit des interprétations. Essais d'herméneutique I. Paris : Le Seuil. STEINER, R. (1995). Hermeneutics or Hermes-mess ? International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 76, 435-446.
DREYFUS, H.L. (1980). Holism and hermeneutics. Review of Metaphysic, 34 (1), 3-24. DILTHEY, W. (1995). Écrits d’esthétique / La naissance de l’herméneutique. Paris : Les Éditions du Cerf.
IHDE, D. (1980). Hermeneutic phenomenology: The philosophy of Paul Ricoeur. Evanston : Northwestern University Press. BICKHARD, M.H. (1995). Intrinsic constraints on language : Grammar and hermeneutics. Journal of Pragmatics, 23, 541-554.
HABERMAS, J. (1981/2001). Théorie de l'agir communicationnel. Paris : Fayard. BRADMETZ, J. (1999). Herméneutique spontanée de la fausse croyance chez les enfants de trois à six ans. Archives de Psychologie, 67 (261), 71-95.
GADAMER, H.G. (1984). Le défi herméneutique. Revue Internationale de Philosophie, 151, 333-340 FOUCAULT, M. (2001). L'herméneutique du sujet. Paris : Seui.
DREYFUS, H.L. (1984). Beyond hermeneutics. In G. Shapiro (Ed.), Hermeneutics. Amherst : University of Massachusetts Press. HEIN, S.F. & AUSTIN, W.J. (2001). Empirical and hermeneutic approaches to phenomenological research in psychology : A comparison. Psychological Methods, 6 (1), 3-17.
DAY, W.F. (1988). Hermeneutics and behaviorism. American Psychologist, 43, 129. LAVERTY, S.M. (2003). Hermeneutic phenomenology and phenomenology : A comparison of historical and methodological considerations. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 2 (3), 1-28. [PDF]
DREYFUS, H.L. (1991). Heidegger's hermeneutic realism. In D.R. Hiley, J.F. Bohman, R. Shusterman (Eds.), The interpretive turn (pp. 25-41). Cornell.
DOUGHER, M.J. (1993). Hermeneutic and interpretive methods in the contextualistic analysis of verbal behavior. In S.C. Hayes, L.J. Hayes, H. Reese and T. Sarbin (Eds.), Varieties of scientific contextualism. Context Press : Reno, NV. GRONDIN, J. (2006). L'herméneutique. Paris : Collection Que sais-je ?/Presses Universitaire de France.
GRONDIN, J. (1993). L'universalité de l'herméneutique. Paris. Preses Universitaire de France. COLE, M. (2010). Hermeneutic phenomenological approaches in environmental education research with children. Contemporary Approaches to Research in Mathematics, Science, Health and Environmental Education.[PDF]
GADAMER, H.-G. (1994). Rhetoric, hermeneutics, and the critique of ideology : Metacritical comments on truth and method. In K. Mueller-Vollmer (Ed.). The hermeneutics reader (pp. 274-292). New York : Continuum.  
MILLER, H.K. (1994). Taking hermeneutics to science : Prospects and tactics suggested by the work of B.F. Skinner. The Behavior Analyst, 17, 35-42. [PDF]  
Voir aussi Interprétation
Hernandez Arturo E. ( ) : Neurocognitiviste américain et spécialiste de l'étude du bilinguisme. Collaborateur de Bates.
HERNANDEZ, A.E. & BATES, E. & AVILA, L.X. (1996). Processing across the language boundary: A cross-modal priming study of Spanish-English bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 22 (4), 846-864. [PDF]
HERNANDEZ, A.E., FENNEMA-NOTESTINE, C., UDELL, C. & BATES E. (2001). Lexical and sentential priming in competition : Implications for two-stage theories of lexical access. Applied Psycholinguistics, 22 (2), 191-215.
HERNANDEZ, A.E., LI, P. & MacWHINNEY, B. (2005). The emergence of competing modules in bilingualism. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 220-225. [PDF]
HERNANDEZ, A.E., KOTZ, S.A. & HOFMANN, J. (2007). Age of acquisition modulates neural activity for both regular and irregular syntactic functions. Neuroimage, 36 (3), 912-923. [PDF]
HERNANDEZ, A.E. (2009). Language switching in the bilingual brain : What's next ? Brain & Language, 109, 133-140. [PDF]
Héroïne : Drogue de la famille des narcotiques. Héroïne et dépendance aux drogues. Heroin.

  ELSMORE, T.F., FLETCHER, G.V., CONRAD, D.G. & SODETZ, F.J. (1980). Reduction of heroin intake in baboons by an economic constraint. Psychopharmacology Biochemistry & Behavior, 13, 729-731. ORNSTEIN, T.J., IDDON, J.L., BALDACCHINO, A.M., SAHAKIAN, B.J., LONDON, M., EVERITT, B.J. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2000). Profiles of cognitive dysfunction in chronic amphetamine and heroin abusers. Neuropsychopharmacology, 23 (2), 113-126.
SIEGEL, S., HINSON, R.E., KRANK, M.D. & McCULLY, J. (1982). Heroin "overdose" death : Contribution of drug-associated environmental cues. Science, 216, 436-437. AHMED, S.H., WALKER, J.R. & KOOB, G.F. (2000). Persistent increase in the motivation to take heroin in rats with history of drug escalation. Neuropsychopharmacology, 22, 413-421. [PDF]
ETTENBERG, A., PETTIT, H.O., BLOOM, F.E. & KOOB, G.F. (1982). Heroin and cocaine intravenous self-administration in rats : Mediation by separate neural systems. Psychopharmacology 78, 204-209. DEHUE, T. (2002). A dutch treat. Randomized controlled experimentation and the case of heroin-maintenance in the Netherlands. History of the Human Sciences, 15 (2), 75-98.
DE WIT, H. & STEWART, J. (1983). Drug reinstatement of heroin-reinforced responding in the rat. Psychopharmacology 79, 29–31. SHALEV, U., GRIMM, J.W. & SHAHAM, Y. (2003). Neurobiology of relapse to heroin and cocaine seeking : A review. Pharmacological Review, 54 (1), 1–42. [PDF]
SIEGEL, S. (1984). Pavlovian conditioning and heroin overdose : Reports by overdose victims. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 428-430. ZHOU, W., ZHANG, F., TANG, S., LIU, H., LAI, M. & YANG, G. (2004). Low dose of heroin inhibits drug-seeking elicited by cues after prolonged withdrawal from heroin self-administration in rats. NeuroReport, 15 (4), 727-730. [PDF]
  YEN, C.F., WU, H.Y., YEN, J.Y. & KO, C.H. (2004). Effects of brief cognitive-behavioral interventions on confidence to resist the urges to use heroin and methamphetamine in relapse-related situations. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 192, 788-791.
Voir aussi Dépendance aux drogue et Drogue
Heron William T. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'apprentissage en labyrinthe. Professeur de MacCorquadale. Collaborateur de Thompson et Skinner.

HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1937). Changes in hunger during starvation. The Psychological Record, 1, 51-60.
HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1937). The effects of certain drugs and hormones on conditioning and extinction. Psychological Bulletin, 34, 741-742.
HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1939). An apparatus for the study of animal behavior. The Psychological Record, 3, 166-176.
HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1939). Rate of extinction in maze-bright and maze-dull rats. Psychological Bulletin, 36, 520.
HERON, W.T. (1949). Internal stimuli and learning. Journal of Comparative and Psysiological Psychology, 42 (6), 486-92.
Héros : Hero.

  RAPOPORT, A. (1967). Exploiter, leader, hero, and martyr : the four archetypes of the 2 X 2 game. Behavioral Science, 12, 81-84.
 DAFFLON-NOVELLE, A. (2003). Histoires inventées : Quels héros et héroïnes souhaitent les garçons et les filles ? Archives de psychologie, 70, 147-173.
RIGBY, C.S. & PRZYBYLSKI, A.K. (2009). Virtual worlds and the learner hero : How today's video games can inform tomorrow's digital learning environments. Theory and Research in Education, 7 (2) 214-223. [PDF]
Herpès génitale : Genital herpes.

  BENEDETTI, J., COREY L. & ASHLEY, R. (1994). Recurrence rates in genital herpes after symptomatic first-episode infection. Annals of Internal Medicine, 121, 847-854.
Herrnstein Richard Julius (1930-1994) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Il a formulé la loi de l'appariement et écrit un livre controversé sur l'intelligence The bell curve. Professeur de Hineline. Collaborateur de Ainslie, Brady,De villiers,Fantino,Morse, Murray et Prelec, Rachlin.
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1961). Relative and absolute strength of response as a function of frequency of reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4, 267-272. [PDF]
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1970). On the law of effect. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13 (2), 243-266. [PDF]
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1974). Formal properties of the matching law. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 76 (1), 49-69. [PDF]
HERNNSTEIN, R.J. (1977). The evolution of behaviorism. American Psychologist, 32, 593-603. [PDF]
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. & MURRAY, C. (1994). The bell curve : Intelligence and class structure in American life. New York : Free Press.
 
SKINNER, B.F. (1950). Herrnstein and the evolution of behaviorism. American Psychologist, 32, 1006-1012.
McDOWELL, J.J. (1980). An analytic comparison of Herrnstein's equations and a multivariate rate equation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 33 (3), 397-408. [PDF]
TRYON, W.W. (1983). Further implications of Herrnstein's law of effect. American Psychologist, 38, 613-614.
BAUM, W.M. (1994). Richard J. Herrnstein : A memoir. The Behavior Analyst, 17, 203-206. [PDF]
PETRY, N.M. & HEYMAN, G.M. (1997). Rat toys, reinforcers, and response strength : An examination of the R(e) parameter in Herrnstein's equation. Behavioural Processes, 39 (1), 39-52. [PDF]
Hersen Michel H. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste, historien de la psychologie, méthodologiste américain et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitemement des problèmes comportementaux (thérapie béhavioriste). Collaborateur de Barlow, Beidel, Bellack, Blanchard, Kadzin et Turner.
HERSEN, M.H., EISLER, R.M. & MILLER, P.M. (1975). Historical perspectives in behavior modification. In M. Hersen, M.H. Eisler & P.M. Miller (Eds.), Progress in behavior modification. New York : Academic Press.
HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A.S. (1976). Multiple-baseline analysis of social-skills training in chronic schizophrenics. Applied Behavioral Analysis, 9 (3), 239-245. [PDF]
HERSEN, M., KAZDIN A.E. & BELLACK, A.S. (1986). The clinical handbook. New York : Pergamon Press.
HERSEN, M. (1989). Innovations in child behavior therapy. New York : Springer.
HERSEN, M. (2002). Rationale for clinical case studies : An editorial. Clinical Case Studies, 1, 3-5.
Hershkovits/Hershkowitz
Melville Jean Herskovits Rina Hershkowitz
 
Herskovits Melville Jean (Bellefontaine 1895-1963 Evanston) : Anthropologue américain et pionnier de l'étude de l'acculturation et du relativisme culturel. Étudiant de Boas.